UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
(cid:3)
(cid:1)
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission file number 001-34095
FIRST BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Wisconsin
39-1576570
(State or jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
401 Charmany Drive, Madison, WI
(Address of principal executive offices)
53719
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (608) 238-8008
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Common Stock, $0.01 par value
Common Share Purchase Rights
Name of each exchange on which registered
NASDAQ Stock Exchange
NASDAQ Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes (cid:1) No (cid:3)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes (cid:1) No (cid:3)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for
the past 90 days. Yes (cid:3) No (cid:1)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be
submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to
submit and post such files.) Yes (cid:3) No (cid:1)
Indicate by check mark if the disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form
10-K. (cid:1)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the
definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large Accelerated Filer (cid:4)
Accelerated Filer (cid:4)
Non-accelerated filer (cid:4)
Smaller Reporting Company (cid:3)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes (cid:1) No (cid:3)
The aggregate market value of the common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the closing price of such common equity, as of the last
business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $59.7 million .
As of February 22, 2013 , 3,918,758 shares of common stock were outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Part III – Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 20, 2013 are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.
Table of Contents
PART I
Item 1. Business
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2. Properties
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statements Schedules
Signatures
1
1
16
26
26
26
27
27
27
28
29
56
57
107
107
107
107
107
108
108
108
108
108
108
109
Table of Contents
PART I.
Item 1. Business
General
BUSINESS
First Business Financial Services, Inc. (together with all of its subsidiaries, collectively referred to as "Corporation," "FBFS," "we,"
"us," or "our") is a registered bank holding company originally incorporated in 1986 under the laws of the State of Wisconsin and engaged in the
commercial banking business through our two wholly-owned bank subsidiaries, First Business Bank ("FBB"), headquartered in Madison,
Wisconsin, and First Business Bank-Milwaukee ("FBB-Milwaukee" and, together with FBB, the "Banks"), headquartered in Brookfield,
Wisconsin. All of our operations are conducted through the Banks and certain subsidiaries of FBB. The Banks operate as business banks
focusing on delivering a full line of commercial banking products, including commercial loans and commercial real estate loans, and services
tailored to meet the specific needs of small- and medium-sized businesses, business owners, executives, professionals and high net worth
individuals. The Banks generally target businesses with annual sales between $2.0 million and $50.0 million. Because of their focus on business
banking, the Banks do not utilize branch networks to attract retail clients and, to supplement their business banking deposit base, the Banks
utilize wholesale funding alternatives to fund a portion of their assets. As of December 31, 2012 , on a consolidated basis, we had total assets of
$1.226 billion , total deposits of $1.092 billion and total stockholders' equity of $99.5 million .
Our Business Lines
Commercial Lending
We strive to meet the specific commercial-lending needs of small- to medium-sized companies in our target market areas of Wisconsin,
primarily through lines of credit for working capital needs and term loans to businesses with annual sales between $2.0 million and
$50.0 million. Through FBB, we have a strong presence in Madison and its surrounding areas. In 2000, we opened FBB-Milwaukee to take
advantage of the strong commercial base located in Milwaukee and the surrounding communities. In 2006, FBB opened a loan production office
in Appleton to take advantage of the strong commercial environment in Northeast Wisconsin. Since then, we have opened additional loan
production offices in Oshkosh and Green Bay.
Our commercial loans are typically secured by various types of business assets, including inventory, receivables and equipment. We
also originate loans secured by commercial real estate, including non-residential owner-occupied commercial facilities, multi-family housing,
office buildings, retail centers, and, to a lesser extent, commercial real estate construction loans. In very limited cases, we may originate loans on
an unsecured basis. As of December 31, 2012 , our commercial real estate and commercial loans, excluding asset-based lending and equipment
financing, represented approximately 80.7% of our total gross loans and leases receivable.
Asset-Based Lending
First Business Capital Corp., a wholly-owned subsidiary of FBB ("FBCC"), is focused on asset-based lending to small- to medium-
sized companies with credit requirements of $1.0 million up to $10.0 million. With its seven sales offices, FBCC does not limit itself to
conducting business in Wisconsin.
FBCC primarily provides revolving lines of credit and term loans for financial and strategic acquisitions (e.g., leveraged or management
buyouts), capital expenditures, rapid growth, bank debt refinancing, debt restructuring, corporate turnaround strategies, and debtor-in-possession
financing in the course of bankruptcy proceedings or the exit therefrom. As a bank-owned, asset-based lender with strong underwriting
standards, First Business Capital Corp. is positioned to provide cost-effective financing solutions to companies with borrowing needs that do not
have the established stable cash flows necessary to qualify for a more traditional commercial lending product. Asset-based lending is generally
more profitable than traditional commercial lending, and this line of business complements our traditional commercial loan portfolio and
provides us with more diverse income opportunities. As of December 31, 2012 , our asset-based lending line represented 12.8% of our total
gross loan and leases receivable.
1
Table of Contents
Equipment Financing
First Business Equipment Finance, LLC ("FBEF"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of FBB, delivers a broad range of equipment finance
products, including leases and loans, to address the financing needs of commercial clients in a variety of industries. FBEF's focus includes
manufacturing equipment, industrial assets, construction and transportation equipment, and drilling and oil field equipment, in addition to a wide
variety of other commercial equipment. These financings generally range between $2.0 million and $10.0 million with terms of 36 to 84 months.
We believe that we can continue to grow this business through our existing offices in Wisconsin and our recently opened office in Kansas City,
Kansas. As of December 31, 2012 , our equipment financing business line represented approximately 4.8% of our total gross loans and leases
receivable.
Treasury Management Services
The Banks provide comprehensive services for commercial clients to manage their cash and liquidity, including lock box, accounts
receivable collection services, electronic payment solutions, fraud protection, information reporting, reconciliation and data integration solutions.
The Banks also offer demand deposit account and balance optimization solutions. As we continue to seek to diversify our income and increase
our non-interest income, we have focused on increasing these services and have emphasized these offerings with new and existing business
clients.
Trust and Investment Services
FBB, through its First Business Trust & Investments division, acts as fiduciary and investment manager for individual and corporate
clients, creating asset allocation strategies tailored to each client's unique situation while using third-party investment managers to execute
overarching strategies. For managed assets, First Business Trust & Investments offers financial advice and acts either in a trustee or agency
capacity. First Business Trust & Investments also provides custody services, for which it administers and safeguards assets but does not provide
financial advice. At December 31, 2012 , First Business Trust & Investments had $784.2 million of assets under management and
administration.
Competition
The Banks encounter strong competition in attracting commercial loan, equipment finance and deposit clients as well as trust and
investment clients. Such competition includes banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking companies, credit unions, finance companies,
equipment finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage firms and investment banking firms. The Banks' market areas
include branches of several commercial banks that are substantially larger in terms of loans and deposits. Furthermore, credit unions exempt
from income taxes operate in the Banks' market areas and aggressively price their products and services to a large portion of the market. The
Banks also compete with regional and national financial institutions, many of which have greater liquidity, higher lending limits, greater access
to capital, more established market recognition and more resources and collective experience than the Banks. We believe that the strength of our
executive management team, the experience and capabilities of our front-line banking professionals, the range and quality of the products that
we offer and our emphasis on building long-lasting relationships sets us apart from our competitors.
The following table lists the counties in which the Banks have their main offices as well as certain other information as of June 30,
2012, the most recent data published by the FDIC:
County
Dane County
Waukesha County
Employees
Total Number
of Banking
Organizations
Total Number
of Banking
Offices
Total Deposits
in County
(in thousands)
40
39
185
195
14,541,493
10,557,351
FBFS
Market Share Rank
6
17
FBFS Market Deposit
Share
5.83 %
1.84 %
At December 31, 2012 , we had 155 employees equating to 140.3 full-time equivalent employees. We believe that our relationship with
our employees is good.
2
Table of Contents
Our Subsidiaries
First Business Bank
FBB is a state bank chartered in 1909 under the name Kingston State Bank. In 1990, FBB relocated its home office to Madison,
Wisconsin, opened a banking facility in University Research Park, and began focusing on providing high-quality banking services to small- to
medium-sized businesses located in Madison, Wisconsin and the surrounding area. FBB's product lines include commercial loans, commercial
real estate loans, equipment loans and leases and treasury management services. FBB offers a variety of deposit accounts and personal loans to
business owners, executives, professionals and high net worth individuals. FBB also offers trust and investment services through First Business
Trust & Investments, a division of FBB. FBB has three loan production offices in the Northeast Region of Wisconsin serving Appleton,
Oshkosh, and Green Bay and their surrounding areas.
FBB has four wholly-owned subsidiaries:
• First Business Capital Corp., is an asset-based commercial lending company specializing in providing lines of credit and term loans
secured by accounts receivable, inventory, equipment and real estate assets, primarily to manufacturers and wholesale distribution
companies located primarily in the Midwest. FBCC was established in 1995 and has sales offices in seven states.
• First Business Equipment Finance, LLC is a commercial equipment finance company offering a full array of finance and leasing
options to commercial clients of which the majority are currently located in Wisconsin. It offers new and replacement equipment
loans and leases, debt restructuring, consolidation, and sale-lease-back transactions, through its primary banking locations in
Wisconsin and business development offices in Kansas City, Kansas and Denver, Colorado.
• FBB Real Estate, LLC is a limited liability company established for the purpose of holding and liquidating real estate and other
assets acquired by FBB through foreclosure or other legal proceedings.
• First Madison Investment Corp. is located in and formed under the laws of the state of Nevada, and was organized for the purpose
of managing a portion of FBB's investment portfolio.
As of December 31, 2012 , FBB had total gross loans and leases of $816.9 million , total deposits of $910.2 million and total
stockholders' equity of $106.1 million .
First Business Bank-Milwaukee
FBB-Milwaukee is a state bank chartered in 2000 in Wisconsin. We formed FBB-Milwaukee to focus on commercial banking in the
greater Milwaukee market area. Like FBB, FBB-Milwaukee's product lines include commercial loans, commercial real estate loans and treasury
management services for similar sized businesses as those served by FBB. FBB-Milwaukee offers a variety of deposit accounts and personal
loans, to business owners, executives, professionals and high net worth individuals. FBB-Milwaukee also offers trust and investment services
(through a trust service office agreement with FBB). FBB-Milwaukee has one wholly-owned subsidiary, FBB-Milwaukee Real Estate, LLC,
which is a limited liability company established for the purpose of holding and liquidating real estate and other assets acquired through
foreclosure or other legal proceedings.
As of December 31, 2012 , FBB-Milwaukee had total loans of $95.1 million , total deposits of $198.9 million and total stockholders'
equity of $14.7 million .
FBFS Statutory Trust II
In September 2008 , we formed FBFS Statutory Trust II (“Trust II”), a Delaware business trust wholly-owned by FBFS. In 2008 ,
Trust II completed the sale of $10.0 million of 10.5% fixed rate trust preferred securities. Trust II also issued common securities in the amount of
$315,000 to us. Trust II used the proceeds from the offering to purchase $10.3 million of 10.5% junior subordinated notes issued by us. We have
the right to redeem the junior subordinated notes at any time on or after September 26, 2013 . The preferred securities are mandatorily
redeemable upon the maturity of the junior subordinated notes on September 26, 2038 . FBFS's ownership interest in Trust II has not been
consolidated into the financial statements.
3
Table of Contents
Corporate Information
Our principal executive offices are located at 401 Charmany Drive, Madison, Wisconsin 53719 and our telephone number is (608) 238-
8008. We maintain an Internet website at www.firstbusiness.com. This Form 10-K and all of our other filings under the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended, are available through that website, free of charge, including copies of our proxy statement, annual reports on Form 10-K,
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports, on the date that we file those materials with,
or furnish them to, the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). These filings are also available to the public on the internet at the SEC’s
website at www.sec.gov. Shareholders may also read and copy any document that we file at the SEC’s public reference rooms located at 100 F
Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Shareholders may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0300 for further information on the public reference room.
Our Market Area
Although certain of our business lines are marketed throughout the Midwest and beyond, our primary market areas lie in Wisconsin.
Specifically, our three target market areas consist of Madison and Milwaukee, Wisconsin and their surrounding communities, and Northeastern
Wisconsin, including Appleton, Green Bay and Oshkosh, Wisconsin and their surrounding communities. Each of our primary markets provides a
unique set of economic and demographic characteristics which provide us with a variety of strategic opportunities. A brief description of each of
our primary markets is as follows:
Madison
As the capital city of Wisconsin and home of the University of Wisconsin - Madison, our Madison market, specifically Dane County,
offers an appealing economic environment populated by a highly educated workforce (more than 45% of the population of Dane County age 25
or older holds a bachelor's degree or higher degree according to the U.S. Census Bureau, as compared to 26% for the State of Wisconsin as a
whole). While the economy of the Madison market is driven in large part by the government and education sectors, there is also a diverse array
of industries outside of these segments, including significant concentration of insurance companies (one of which, American Family Insurance
Group, is a Fortune 500 Company) and agricultural-related industries. Madison is also home to a concentration of research and development
related companies, which benefit from the area's strong governmental and academic ties, as well as the University of Wisconsin Hospital, which
provides healthcare services to the Southcentral Wisconsin market.
According to the U.S. Census Bureau, as of April 1, 2010 (the 2010 Census Date), the Madison metropolitan statistical area ("MSA"),
consisting of Dane County, Columbia County and Iowa County, had a total population of 568,593 and 229,033 total households. Since 2000, the
Madison MSA has experienced population growth of 13%, compared to the State of Wisconsin's population growth rate of 6%. Due to the
composition of its workforce and major economic drivers, the Madison area generally experienced fewer adverse economic effects than many
other areas of the country during the economic downturn in recent years. As of April, 2010, the five-year average median household income
level in Dane County - the largest county within the Madison MSA - was $60,519, which compares favorably to the average median household
income levels in the United States and the State of Wisconsin of $51,914 and $51,598, respectively. According to preliminary Bureau Labor of
Statistics data, as of December 2012 , the unadjusted unemployment rate in the Madison MSA was 4.6% compared to the national
unemployment rate of 7.6% and an unemployment rate in the State of Wisconsin of 6.5% . The unemployment rate in the Madison MSA
improved 1.5% from December 2009 , compared to the improvement in the national and Wisconsin averages, which was 2.1% and 2.3% ,
respectively over the same period.
Milwaukee
Our Milwaukee market, the primary commercial and industrial hub for Southeastern Wisconsin, provides a diverse economic base, with
both a highly skilled labor force and significant manufacturing base. The most prominent economic sectors in the Milwaukee market include
manufacturing, financial services, health care, diversified service companies and education. The metropolitan area ranks among the top
manufacturing centers in the United States. Milwaukee's percentage of its workforce in the manufacturing sector is one of the highest of any
MSA. In addition to this strong manufacturing base, Milwaukee is home to several major hospitals, providing health services to the greater
Southeastern Wisconsin market, several large academic institutions including the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee and Marquette University,
and a wide variety of small- to medium-size firms with representatives in nearly every industrial classification. The Milwaukee area is also the
home to six Fortune 500 companies, including Johnson Controls, Inc., Harley Davidson, Inc., Kohl's Corporation, Rockwell Automation, Inc.,
ManPower Group and Northwestern Mutual.
4
Table of Contents
According to the U.S. Census Bureau, as of April 1, 2010 (the 2010 Census Date), the Milwaukee MSA, consisting of Milwaukee
County, Ozaukee County, Washington County, and Waukesha County, had a total population of 1,555,908 and 615,847 total households. Since
2000, the Milwaukee MSA has experienced a population growth of 4%, compared to the State of Wisconsin's population growth rate of 6%. As
of April, 2010, the five-year average median household income level in Waukesha County - our primary market within the Milwaukee Area -
was $75,064, which compares favorably to the median household income level averages in the United States and the State of Wisconsin of
$51,914 and $51,598, respectively. Despite the economic downturn of recent years, the Milwaukee area has begun to experience improvement in
its general economic climate. As of December 2012 , the preliminary unadjusted unemployment rate in the Milwaukee MSA was 7.0% ,
compared to the national unemployment rate of 7.6% and an unemployment rate in the State of Wisconsin generally of 6.5% . The
unemployment rate in the Milwaukee MSA improved 2.0% from December 2009 , compared to the improvement in the national and Wisconsin
averages, which was 2.1% and 2.3% , respectively, over the same period.
Northeastern Wisconsin
The cities of Appleton, Green Bay, and Oshkosh, Wisconsin serve as the primary population centers in our Northeast Wisconsin market
and provide an attractive market to a variety of industries, including transportation, utilities, packaging and diversified services, with the most
significant economic drivers being the manufacturing, packaging and paper goods industries. The most significant individual employers in this
market include Bemis Company, Inc., a packaging company, and Oshkosh Corporation, a specialty truck manufacturer, each of which is a
Fortune 500 company. As the home of the Green Bay Packers NFL franchise, tourism is also a meaningful industry in this market.
According to the U.S. Census Bureau, as of April 1, 2010 (the 2010 Census Date), the three major MSAs in our Northeast Wisconsin
market (Appleton, Green Bay and Oshkosh-Neenah) had a total population of 698,901 and total households of 275,674. Since 2000, these MSAs
have experienced a population growth of 9%, compared to the State of Wisconsin's population growth rate of 6%. As of April, 2010, the five-
year average median household income level in Outagamie County - where our primary loan production office in this region is located - was
$55,914, compared to the median household income level averages in the United States and the State of Wisconsin of $51,914 and $51,598,
respectively. According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, as of December 2012 , the preliminary unemployment rate in the three major MSAs in
this market ranged from 5.7% to 6.1% , compared to the national unemployment rate of 7.6% and an unemployment rate in the State of
Wisconsin of 6.5% . These unemployment rates improved between 1.8% and 2.5% from December 2009 , compared to the improvement in the
national and Wisconsin averages, which was 2.1% and 2.3% , respectively, over the same period.
Executive Officers of the Registrant
The following contains certain information about the executive officers of FBFS. There are no family relationships between any
directors or executive officers of FBFS.
Corey A. Chambas, age 50 , has served as a director since July 2002, as Chief Executive Officer of FBFS since December 2006 and as
President since February 2005. He served as Chief Operating Officer of FBFS from February 2005 to September 2006 and as Executive Vice
President from July 2002 to February 2005. He served as Chief Executive Officer of FBB from July 1999 to September 2006 and as President of
FBB from July 1999 to February 2005. He also currently serves as a director of our subsidiaries FBCC and First Madison Investment Corp. Mr.
Chambas has over 25 years of commercial banking experience. Prior to joining FBFS, he was a Vice President of Commercial Lending with
M&I Bank, now known as BMO Harris Bank, in Madison, Wisconsin.
James F. Ropella, age 53, has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of FBFS since September 2000. Mr. Ropella
also serves as the Chief Financial Officer of each of the Banks. He also currently serves as a director of our subsidiaries First Madison
Investment Corp. and FBB - Milwaukee. Mr. Ropella has over 30 years of experience in finance and accounting, primarily in the banking
industry. Prior to joining FBFS, Mr. Ropella was treasurer of a consumer products company. Prior to that, he was Treasurer of Firstar
Corporation, now known as U.S. Bancorp.
Michael J. Losenegger, age 55 , has served as Chief Credit Officer of FBFS since May 2011. Mr. Losenegger also serves as the Senior
Credit Officer of the Banks. He also currently serves as a director for our subsidiaries First Madison Investment Corp., FBCC and FBEF. Prior to
being appointed Chief Credit Officer, Mr. Losenegger served as FBFS's Chief Operating Officer since September 2006. Mr. Losenegger joined
FBFS in 2003 and has held various positions with FBB, including Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Senior Vice President of
Business Development. Mr. Losenegger has over 27 years of experience in commercial lending. Prior to joining FBFS, Mr. Losenegger was
Senior Vice President of Lending at M&I Bank, now known as BMO Harris Bank, in Madison, Wisconsin.
5
Table of Contents
Barbara M. Conley, age 59 , has served as FBFS's General Counsel since June 2008 and as Senior Vice President/Corporate Secretary
since December 2007. Ms. Conley also serves as General Counsel, Senior Vice President and Corporate Secretary of the Banks. She has also
served as a Director of FBCC since June 2009. Ms. Conley has over 30 years of experience in commercial banking. Directly prior to joining
FBFS in 2007, Ms. Conley was a Senior Vice President in Corporate Banking with Associated Bank. She had been employed at Associated
Bank since May 1976.
Jodi A. Chandler, age 48 , has served as Senior Vice President-Human Resources & Administration of FBFS since January 2010. Prior
to that, she held the position of Senior Vice President-Human Resources for several years. She has been an employee of FBFS for almost
20 years.
Mark J. Meloy, age 51, has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of FBB since December 2007. Mr. Meloy joined FBFS in
2000 and has held various positions including Executive Vice President of FBB and President and Chief Executive Officer of FBB-Milwaukee.
He currently serves as CEO of FBEF. Mr. Meloy has over 25 years of commercial lending experience. Prior to joining FBFS, Mr. Meloy was a
Vice President and Senior Relationship Manager with Firstar Bank, NA, Cedar Rapids, Iowa and Milwaukee, Wisconsin, now known as
U.S. Bank, working in their financial institutions group with mergers and acquisition financing.
Joan A. Burke, age 61, has served as President of FBB's Trust Division since September 2001. Ms. Burke has over 30 years of
experience in providing trust and investment advice. Prior to joining FBFS, Ms. Burke was the President, Chief Executive Officer and
Chairperson of the Board of Johnson Trust Company and certain of its affiliates.
Charles H. Batson, age 59, has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of FBCC since January 2006. Mr. Batson has over
30 years of experience in asset-based lending. Directly prior to joining FBCC, Mr. Batson served as Vice President and Business Development
Manager for Wells Fargo Business Credit, Inc. since 1990.
David J. Vetta, age 58, has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of FBB-Milwaukee since January 2007. Prior to joining
FBB-Milwaukee, Mr. Vetta was Managing Director at JP Morgan Asset Management since 1992 overseeing National Institutional Investment
Sales teams and the Regional Private Client Group, while serving as a member of the executive committee. Mr. Vetta was affiliated with
JP Morgan Chase and its predecessor companies in various other roles since 1976.
Below is a brief description of certain laws and regulations that relate to us and the Banks. This narrative does not purport to be
complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to applicable laws and regulations.
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
General
Financial institutions, their holding companies and their affiliates are extensively regulated under federal and state law. As a result, our
growth and earnings performance may be affected not only by management decisions and general economic conditions, but also by the
requirements of federal and state statutes and by the regulations and policies of various bank regulatory authorities, including the Division of
Banking of the Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions (“WDFI”), the Federal Reserve, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the
“FDIC”) and the newly created Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (the “CFPB”). Furthermore, taxation laws administered by the Internal
Revenue Service and state taxing authorities, accounting rules developed by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and securities laws
administered by the SEC and state securities authorities have an impact on our business. The effect of these statutes, regulations, regulatory
policies and accounting rules are significant to our operations and results, and the nature and extent of future legislative, regulatory or other
changes affecting financial institutions are impossible to predict with any certainty.
Federal and state banking laws impose a comprehensive system of supervision, regulation and enforcement on the operations of
financial institutions, their holding companies and affiliates that is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC-insured deposits and
depositors of banks, rather than stockholders. These federal and state laws, and the regulations of the bank regulatory authorities issued under
them, affect, among other things, the scope of business, the kinds and amounts of investments banks may make, reserve requirements, capital
levels relative to operations, the nature and amount of collateral for loans, the establishment of branches, the ability to merge, consolidate and
acquire, dealings with insiders and affiliates and the payment of dividends. Moreover, turmoil in the credit markets in recent years prompted the
enactment of unprecedented legislation that has allowed the U.S. Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”) to make equity capital available to
qualifying
6
Table of Contents
financial institutions to help restore confidence and stability in the U.S. financial markets, which imposes additional requirements on institutions
in which the Treasury invests.
In addition, FBFS and the Banks are subject to regular examination by their respective regulatory authorities, which results in
examination reports and ratings that are not publicly available and that can impact the conduct and growth of business. These examinations
consider not only compliance with applicable laws and regulations, but also capital levels, asset quality and risk, management ability and
performance, earnings, liquidity, and various other factors. The regulatory agencies generally have broad discretion to impose restrictions and
limitations on the operations of a regulated entity where the agencies determine, among other things, that such operations are unsafe or unsound,
fail to comply with applicable law or are otherwise inconsistent with laws and regulations or with the supervisory policies of these agencies.
The following is a summary of the material elements of the supervisory and regulatory framework applicable to us and our subsidiaries.
It does not describe all of the statutes, regulations and regulatory policies that apply, nor does it restate all of the requirements of those that are
described. The descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the particular statutory or regulatory provision.
Financial Regulatory Reform
On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”)
into law. The Dodd-Frank Act represents a sweeping reform of the supervisory and regulatory framework applicable to financial institutions and
capital markets in the United States, certain aspects of which are described below in more detail. The Dodd-Frank Act created new federal
governmental entities responsible for overseeing different aspects of the U.S. financial services industry, including identifying emerging
systemic risks. It also shifted certain authorities and responsibilities among federal financial institution regulators, including the supervision of
holding company affiliates and the regulation of consumer financial services and products. In particular, and among other things, the Dodd-
Frank Act: (i) created the CFPB, which is authorized to regulate providers of consumer credit, savings, payment and other consumer financial
products and services; (ii) leveled the competitive playing field in some respects by narrowing the scope of federal preemption of state consumer
laws enjoyed by national banks and federal savings associations and expanded the authority of state attorneys general to bring actions to enforce
federal consumer protection legislation; (iii) imposed more stringent capital requirements on most bank holding companies and subjected certain
activities, including interstate mergers and acquisitions, to heightened capital conditions; (iv) significantly expanded underwriting requirements
applicable to loans secured by 1-4 family residential real property; (v) restricted the interchange fees payable on debit card transactions for
issuers with $10 billion in assets or greater; (vi) required the originator of a securitized loan, or the sponsor of a securitization, to retain at least
5% of the credit risk of securitized exposures unless the underlying exposures are qualified residential mortgages or meet certain underwriting
standards to be determined by regulation; (vii) created a Financial Stability Oversight Council as part of a regulatory structure for identifying
emerging systemic risks and improving interagency cooperation; (viii) provided for enhanced regulation of advisers to private funds and of the
derivatives markets; (ix) enhanced oversight of credit rating agencies; and (x) prohibited banking agency requirements tied to credit ratings.
Numerous provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are required to be implemented through rulemaking by the appropriate federal regulatory
agencies. Many of the required regulations have been issued and others have been released for public comment, but there remain a number that
have yet to be released in any form. Furthermore, while the reforms primarily target systemically important financial service providers, their
influence is expected to filter down in varying degrees to smaller institutions over time. Management of FBFS and the Banks will continue to
evaluate the effect of the changes; however, in many respects, the ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act will not be fully known for years, and
no current assurance may be given that the Dodd-Frank Act, or any other new legislative changes, will not have a negative impact on the results
of operations and financial condition of FBFS and our subsidiaries.
The Increasing Regulatory Emphasis on Capital
FBFS is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal and state banking regulators noted above. Failure
to meet regulatory capital requirements may result in certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if
undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for
“prompt corrective action” (described below), FBFS must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of our assets,
liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting policies. Our capital amounts and classifications are also
subject to judgments by the regulators regarding qualitative components, risk weightings and other factors.
7
Table of Contents
While capital has historically been one of the key measures of the financial health of both bank holding companies and depository
institutions, its role is becoming fundamentally more important in the wake of the financial crisis, as the regulators have recognized that the
amount and quality of capital held by banking organizations was insufficient to absorb losses during periods of severe stress. Certain provisions
of the Dodd-Frank Act and Basel III, discussed below, will ultimately establish strengthened capital standards for banks and bank holding
companies, will require more capital to be held in the form of common stock and will disallow certain funds from being included in capital
determinations. Once fully implemented, these provisions will represent regulatory capital requirements that are meaningfully more stringent
than those in place currently.
Holding Company and Bank Required Capital Levels. Bank holding companies have historically had to comply with less stringent
capital standards than their bank subsidiaries and were able to raise capital with hybrid instruments such as trust preferred securities. The Dodd-
Frank Act mandated the Federal Reserve to establish minimum capital levels for bank holding companies on a consolidated basis that are as
stringent as those required for insured depository institutions. As a consequence, over a phase-in period of three years, the components of
holding company permanent capital known as “Tier 1 capital” are being restricted to capital instruments that are considered to be Tier 1 capital
for insured depository institutions. A result of this change is that the proceeds of trust preferred securities are being excluded from Tier 1 capital
unless such securities were issued prior to May 19, 2010 by bank holding companies with less than $15 billion of assets. Because FBFS has
assets of less than $15 billion, it is able to maintain its trust preferred proceeds as Tier 1 capital but will have to comply with new capital
mandates in other respects, and will not be able to raise Tier 1 capital in the future through the issuance of trust preferred securities. In addition,
the Basel III proposal, discussed below, includes a phase-out of trust preferred securities for all bank holding companies, including FBFS.
Under current federal regulations, the Banks are subject to, and, after the phase-in period, FBFS will be subject to, the following
minimum capital standards:
•
•
a leverage requirement, consisting of a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of 3% for the most highly-rated banks with a
minimum requirement of at least 4% for all others, and
a risk-based capital requirement, consisting of a minimum ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8% and a minimum ratio
of Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets of 4%. For this purpose, “Tier 1 capital” consists primarily of common stock,
noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus less intangible assets (other than certain loan servicing rights and purchased
credit card relationships). Total capital consists primarily of Tier 1 capital plus “Tier 2 capital,” which includes other non-permanent
capital items, such as certain other debt and equity instruments that do not qualify as Tier 1 capital, and a portion of the Banks'
respective allowance for loan and leases losses.
The capital standards described above are minimum requirements. Federal law and regulations provide various incentives for banking
organizations to maintain regulatory capital at levels in excess of minimum regulatory requirements. For example, a banking organization that is
“well-capitalized” may: (i) qualify for exemptions from prior notice or application requirements otherwise applicable to certain types of
activities; (ii) qualify for expedited processing of other required notices or applications; and (iii) accept brokered deposits. Under the capital
regulations of the Federal Reserve, in order to be “well-capitalized,” a banking organization must maintain a ratio of total capital to total risk-
weighted assets of 10% or greater, a ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets of 6% or greater and a ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets
of 5% or greater. The Federal Reserve's guidelines also provide that bank holding companies experiencing internal growth or making
acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance
on intangible assets. Furthermore, the guidelines indicate that the Federal Reserve will continue to consider a “tangible Tier 1 leverage
ratio” (deducting all intangibles) in evaluating proposals for expansion or to engage in new activity.
Higher capital levels may also be required if warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profiles of individual banking
organizations. For example, the Federal Reserve's capital guidelines contemplate that additional capital may be required to take adequate account
of, among other things, interest rate risk, or the risks posed by concentrations of credit, nontraditional activities or securities trading activities.
Further, any banking organization experiencing or anticipating significant growth would be expected to maintain capital ratios, including
tangible capital positions ( i.e. , Tier 1 capital less all intangible assets), well above the minimum levels.
Prompt Corrective Action. A banking organization's capital plays an important role in connection with regulatory enforcement as well.
Federal law provides the federal banking regulators with broad power to take prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of
undercapitalized institutions. The extent of the regulators' powers depends on whether the institution in question is “adequately capitalized,”
“undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized,” in each case as defined by regulation. Depending upon the
capital category to which an institution is assigned, the regulators' corrective powers include: (i) requiring the institution to submit a capital
restoration plan; (ii) limiting the institution's asset
8
Table of Contents
growth and restricting its activities; (iii) requiring the institution to issue additional capital stock (including additional voting stock) or to be
acquired; (iv) restricting transactions between the institution and its affiliates; (v) restricting the interest rate the institution may pay on deposits;
(vi) ordering a new election of directors of the institution; (vii) requiring that senior executive officers or directors be dismissed;
(viii) prohibiting the institution from accepting deposits from correspondent banks; (ix) requiring the institution to divest certain subsidiaries;
(x) prohibiting the payment of principal or interest on subordinated debt; and (xi) ultimately, appointing a receiver for the institution.
As of December 31, 2012: (i) the Banks were not subject to a directive from the FDIC to increase capital to an amount in excess of the
minimum regulatory capital requirements; (ii) the Banks exceeded their respective minimum regulatory capital requirements under FDIC capital
adequacy guidelines; and (iii) the Banks were each “well-capitalized,” as defined by FDIC regulations. As of December 31, 2012, FBFS had
regulatory capital in excess of the Federal Reserve's requirements and met the Dodd-Frank Act requirements.
Basel III. The current risk-based capital guidelines described above, which apply to the Banks and are being phased in for FBFS, are
based upon the 1988 capital accord known as “Basel I” adopted by the international Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, a committee of
central banks and bank supervisors, as implemented by the U.S. federal banking regulators on an interagency basis. In 2008, the banking
agencies collaboratively began to phase-in capital standards based on a second capital accord, referred to as “Basel II,” for large or “core”
international banks (generally defined for U.S. purposes as having total assets of $250 billion or more, or consolidated foreign exposures of $10
billion or more). Basel II emphasized internal assessment of credit, market and operational risk, as well as supervisory assessment and market
discipline in determining minimum capital requirements.
On September 12, 2010, the Group of Governors and Heads of Supervision, the oversight body of the Basel Committee on Banking
Supervision, announced agreement on a strengthened set of capital requirements for banking organizations around the world, known as Basel III,
to address deficiencies recognized in connection with the global financial crisis. Basel III requires, among other things:
•
•
•
a new required ratio of minimum common equity equal to 4.5% of risk-weighted assets,
an increase in the minimum required amount of Tier 1 capital from the current level of 4% of total assets to 6% of risk-weighted assets,
and
a continuation of the current minimum required amount of total capital at 8% of risk-weighted assets.
In addition, institutions that seek the freedom to make capital distributions (including for dividends and repurchases of stock) and pay
discretionary bonuses to executive officers without restriction must also maintain 2.5% in common equity attributable to a capital conservation
buffer to be phased in over three years. The purpose of the conservation buffer is to ensure that banks maintain a buffer of capital that can be
used to absorb losses during periods of financial and economic stress. Factoring in the conservation buffer increases the ratios depicted above to
7% for common equity, 8.5% for Tier 1 capital and 10.5% for total capital.
On June 12, 2012, the federal banking regulators (the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC)
(the “Agencies”) formally proposed for comment, in three separate but related proposals, rules to implement Basel III in the United States. The
proposals are: (i) the “Basel III Proposal,” which applies the Basel III capital framework to almost all U.S. banking organizations; (ii) the
“Standardized Approach Proposal,” which applies certain elements of the Basel II standardized approach for credit risk weightings to almost all
U.S. banking organizations; and (iii) the “Advanced Approaches Proposal,” which applies changes made to Basel II and Basel III in the past few
years to large U.S. banking organizations subject to the advanced Basel II capital framework. The comment period for these notices of proposed
rulemaking ended October 22, 2012.
The Basel III Proposal and the Standardized Approach Proposal are expected to have a direct impact on FBFS and the Banks. The Basel
III Proposal is applicable to all U.S. banks that are subject to minimum capital requirements, including federal and state banks, as well as to bank
and savings and loan holding companies other than “small bank holding companies” (generally bank holding companies with consolidated assets
of less than $500 million). There will be separate phase-in/phase-out periods for: (i) minimum capital ratios; (ii) regulatory capital adjustments
and deductions; (iii) nonqualifying capital instruments; (iv) capital conservation and countercyclical capital buffers; (v) a supplemental leverage
ratio for advanced approaches banks; and (vi) changes to the FDIC's prompt corrective action rules.
The criteria in the U.S. proposal for common equity and additional Tier 1 capital instruments, as well as Tier 2 capital instruments, are
broadly consistent with the Basel III criteria. A number of instruments that now qualify as Tier 1 capital will not qualify, or their qualification
will change, if the Basel III Proposal becomes final. For example, cumulative preferred stock and certain hybrid capital instruments, including
trust preferred securities, which FBFS may retain under the Dodd-Frank Act,
9
Table of Contents
will no longer qualify as Tier 1 capital of any kind. Noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, which now qualifies as simple Tier 1 capital,
would not qualify as common equity Tier 1 capital, but would qualify as additional Tier 1 capital.
In addition to the changes in capital requirements included within the Basel III Proposal, the Standardized Approach Proposal revises a
large number of the risk weightings (or their methodologies) for bank assets that are used to determine the capital ratios. For nearly every class
of assets, the proposal requires a more complex, detailed and calibrated assessment of credit risk and calculation of risk weightings. For example,
under the current risk-weighting rules, residential mortgages have a risk weighting of 50%. Under the proposed new rules, two categories of
residential mortgage lending would be created: (i) traditional lending would be category 1, where the risk weightings range from 35 to 100%;
and (ii) nontraditional loans would fall within category 2, where the risk weightings would range from 50 to 150%. There is concern in the U.S.
that the proposed methodology for risk weighting residential mortgage exposures and the higher risk weightings for certain types of mortgage
products will increase costs to consumers and reduce their access to mortgage credit.
In addition, there is significant concern noted by the financial industry in connection with the Basel III rulemaking as to the proposed
treatment of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”). The proposed treatment of AOCI would require unrealized gains and losses on
available-for-sale securities to flow through to regulatory capital as opposed to the current treatment, which neutralizes such effects. There is
concern that this treatment would introduce capital volatility, due not only to credit risk but also to interest rate risk, and affect the composition
of firms' securities holdings.
While the Basel III accord called for national jurisdictions to implement the new requirements beginning January 1, 2013, in light of the
volume of comments received by the Agencies and the concerns expressed above, the Agencies have indicated that the commencement date for
the proposed Basel III rules has been delayed and it is unclear when the Basel III regime, as it may be implemented by final rules, will become
effective in the United States.
The Corporation
General. We are a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”), and are
subject to regulation, supervision, and examination by the Federal Reserve. We are required to file an annual report with the Federal Reserve and
such other reports as the Federal Reserve may require. In accordance with Federal Reserve policy, and as now codified by the Dodd-Frank Act,
we are legally obligated to act as a source of financial strength to the Banks and to commit resources to support the Banks in circumstances
where we might not otherwise do so. Under the BHCA, we are subject to periodic examination by the Federal Reserve.
Acquisitions, Activities and Change in Control. The primary purpose of a bank holding company is to control and manage banks. The
BHCA generally requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve for any merger involving a bank holding company or any acquisition by a
bank holding company of another bank or bank holding company. Subject to certain conditions (including deposit concentration limits
established by the BHCA and the Dodd-Frank Act), the Federal Reserve may allow a bank holding company to acquire banks located in any
state of the United States. In approving interstate acquisitions, the Federal Reserve is required to give effect to applicable state law limitations on
the aggregate amount of deposits that may be held by the acquiring bank holding company and its insured depository institution affiliates in the
state in which the target bank is located (provided that those limits do not discriminate against out-of-state depository institutions or their holding
companies) and state laws that require that the target bank has been in existence for a minimum period of time (not to exceed five years) before
being acquired by an out-of-state bank holding company. Furthermore, in accordance with the Dodd-Frank Act, bank holding companies must be
well-capitalized and well-managed in order to effect interstate mergers or acquisitions. For a discussion of the capital requirements, see “-The
Increasing Regulatory Emphasis on Capital” above.
The BHCA limits the amount of our investment in any company that is not a bank and our ability to engage in any business other than
that of banking, managing and controlling banks or furnishing services to banks and their subsidiaries. This limitation is subject to a number of
exceptions. The principal exception allows bank holding companies to engage in, and to own shares of companies engaged in, certain businesses
found by the Federal Reserve prior to November 11, 1999 to be “so closely related to banking . . . as to be a proper incident thereto.” This
authority would permit us to engage in a variety of banking-related businesses, including the ownership and operation of a thrift, or any entity
engaged in consumer finance, equipment leasing, the operation of a computer service bureau (including software development) and mortgage
banking and brokerage. The BHCA generally does not place territorial restrictions on the domestic activities of nonbank subsidiaries of bank
holding companies.
Federal law also prohibits any person or company from acquiring “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution or its holding
company without prior notice to the appropriate federal bank regulator. “Control” is conclusively presumed to
10
Table of Contents
exist upon the acquisition of 25% or more of the outstanding voting securities of a bank or bank holding company, but may arise under certain
circumstances between 10% and 24.99% ownership.
Financial Holding Company Regulation. Bank holding companies that meet certain eligibility requirements prescribed by the BHCA
and elect to operate as financial holding companies may engage in, or own shares in companies engaged in, a wider range of nonbanking
activities, including securities and insurance underwriting and sales, merchant banking and any other activity that the Federal Reserve, in
consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, determines by regulation or order is financial in nature, incidental to any such financial activity
or complementary to any such financial activity and does not pose a substantial risk to the safety or soundness of depository institutions or the
financial system generally. We have not elected to operate as a financial holding company.
Capital Requirements. Bank holding companies are required to maintain minimum levels of capital in accordance with Federal Reserve
capital adequacy guidelines, as affected by the Dodd-Frank Act and Basel III. For a discussion of capital requirements, see “-The Increasing
Regulatory Emphasis on Capital” above. If capital levels fall below the minimum required levels, a bank holding company, among other things,
may be denied approval to acquire or establish additional banks or nonbank businesses.
U.S. Government Investment in Bank Holding Companies. Events in the U.S. and global financial markets in 2008 and 2009,
including the deterioration of the worldwide credit markets, created significant challenges for financial institutions throughout the country. In
response to this crisis affecting the U.S. banking system and financial markets, on October 3, 2008, the U.S. Congress passed, and the President
signed into law, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”). The EESA authorized the Secretary of the Treasury to
implement various temporary emergency programs designed to strengthen the capital positions of financial institutions and stimulate the
availability of credit within the U.S. financial system. Financial institutions participating in certain of the programs established under the EESA
are required to adopt the Treasury's standards for executive compensation and corporate governance. On October 14, 2008, the Treasury
announced that it would provide Tier 1 capital (in the form of perpetual preferred stock) to eligible financial institutions. This program, known as
the TARP Capital Purchase Program (the “CPP”), allocated $250 billion from the $700 billion authorized by the EESA to the Treasury for the
purchase of senior preferred shares from qualifying financial companies. We did not participate in the CPP.
Dividend Payments. Our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders may be affected by both general corporate law considerations and
policies of the Federal Reserve applicable to bank holding companies . As a Wisconsin corporation, we are subject to the limitations of the
Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, which prohibit us from paying dividends if such payment would: (i) render us unable to pay our debts as
they become due in the usual course of business, or (ii) result in our assets being less than the sum of our total liabilities plus the amount needed
to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of any stockholders with preferential rights superior to those stockholders receiving the
dividend.
As a general matter, the Federal Reserve indicates that the board of directors of a bank holding company should eliminate, defer or
significantly reduce the dividends if: (i) FBFS's net income available to stockholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid
during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends; (ii) the prospective rate of earnings retention is inconsistent with FBFS's capital
needs and overall current and prospective financial condition; or (iii) FBFS will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory
capital adequacy ratios. The Federal Reserve also possesses enforcement powers over bank holding companies and their nonbank subsidiaries to
prevent or remedy actions that represent unsafe or unsound practices or violations of applicable statutes and regulations. Among these powers is
the ability to proscribe the payment of dividends by banks and bank holding companies.
Corporate Governance. The Dodd-Frank Act addresses many investor protection, corporate governance and executive compensation
matters that will affect most U.S. publicly traded companies. The Dodd-Frank Act will increase stockholder influence over boards of directors by
requiring companies to give stockholders a nonbinding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments, and
authorizing the SEC to promulgate rules that would allow stockholders to nominate and solicit voters for their own candidates using a company's
proxy materials. The legislation also directs the Federal Reserve to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding
company executives, regardless of whether FBFS is publicly traded.
The Banks
General. The Banks are Wisconsin-chartered banks, the deposit accounts of which are insured by the FDIC's Deposit Insurance Fund
(“DIF”) to the maximum extent provided under federal law and FDIC regulations. As Wisconsin-chartered FDIC-insured banks, the Banks are
subject to the examination, supervision, reporting and enforcement requirements of the WDFI, the chartering authority for Wisconsin banks, and
the FDIC, designated by federal law as the primary federal regulator
11
Table of Contents
of insured state banks that, like the Banks, are not members of the Federal Reserve System (“non-member banks”). The Banks are members of
the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions.
As of January 1, 2012, FBB had reached total assets of greater than $1 billion, and as a result is now subject to further reporting
requirements under FDIC rules, specifically 12 C.F.R. Part 363 (“Annual Independent Audits and Reporting Requirements”). Pursuant to these
rules, management will prepare a report that contains an assessment by management of the Corporation's effectiveness of internal control
structure and procedures for financial reporting as of the end of the fiscal year. FBB will also be required to obtain an independent public
accountant's attestation report concerning its internal control structure over financial reporting that includes the Reports of Condition and Income
(a so-called “Call Report”) and/or our FR Y-9C report. In accordance with FDIC rules, the Corporation will satisfy these requirements on behalf
of FBB.
Deposit Insurance. As FDIC-insured institutions, the Banks are required to pay deposit insurance premium assessments to the FDIC.
The FDIC has adopted a risk-based assessment system whereby FDIC-insured depository institutions pay insurance premiums at rates based on
their risk classification. An institution's risk classification is assigned based on its capital levels and the level of supervisory concern the
institution poses to the regulators.
On November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule that required insured depository institutions to prepay on December 30, 2009,
their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011, and 2012. As such, on December 31,
2009, the Banks prepaid their FDIC assessments based on their respective: (i) actual September 30, 2009 assessment base, increased quarterly by
a 5% annual growth rate through the fourth quarter of 2012; and (ii) total base assessment rate in effect on September 30, 2009, increased by an
annualized three basis points beginning in 2011. The FDIC began to offset prepaid assessments on March 30, 2010, representing payment of the
regular quarterly risk-based deposit insurance assessment for the fourth quarter of 2009. Any prepaid assessment not exhausted after collection
of the amount due on June 30, 2013, will be returned to the Banks.
Amendments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act also revise the assessment base against which an insured depository institution's
deposit insurance premiums paid to the DIF will be calculated. Under the amendments, the assessment base will no longer be the institution's
deposit base, but rather its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity. This may shift the burden of deposit insurance
premiums toward those large depository institutions that rely on funding sources other than U.S. deposits. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act
made changes to the minimum designated reserve ratio of the DIF, increasing the minimum from 1.15% to 1.35% of the estimated amount of
total insured deposits, and eliminating the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds
certain thresholds. The FDIC is given until September 3, 2020 to meet the 1.35% reserve ratio target. Several of these provisions could increase
the Banks' FDIC deposit insurance premiums.
The Dodd-Frank Act permanently increases the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions
to $250,000 per insured depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2009. Although the legislation provided that non-interest-bearing transaction
accounts had unlimited deposit insurance coverage, that program ended on December 31, 2012.
FICO Assessments. The Financing Corporation (“FICO”) is a mixed-ownership governmental corporation chartered by the former
Federal Home Loan Bank Board pursuant to the Competitive Equality Banking Act of 1987 to function as a financing vehicle for the
recapitalization of the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. FICO issued 30-year noncallable bonds of approximately $8.1
billion that mature in 2017 through 2019. FICO's authority to issue bonds ended on December 12, 1991. Since 1996, federal legislation has
required that all FDIC-insured depository institutions pay assessments to cover interest payments on FICO's outstanding obligations. These
FICO assessments are in addition to amounts assessed by the FDIC for deposit insurance. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the FICO
assessment rate was approximately 0.0066%, which reflects the change from an assessment base computed on deposits to an assessment base
computed on assets as required by the Dodd-Frank Act.
Supervisory Assessments. All Wisconsin banks are required to pay supervisory assessments to the WDFI to fund the operations of the
WDFI. The amount of the assessment is calculated on the basis of total assets. During the year ended December 31, 2012, FBB and FBB -
Milwaukee paid supervisory assessments to the DFI totaling $43,000 and $7,600 , respectively.
Capital Requirements. Banks are generally required to maintain capital levels in excess of other businesses. For a discussion of capital
requirements, see “-The Increasing Regulatory Emphasis on Capital” above.
12
Table of Contents
Dividend Payments. Under Wisconsin banking law, the Banks generally may not pay dividends in excess of their respective undivided
profits, and if dividends declared and paid in either of the two immediately preceding years exceeded net income for either of those two years
respectively, the Banks may not declare or pay any dividend in the current year that exceeds year-to-date net income. The various bank
regulatory agencies have authority to prohibit banks under their jurisdiction from engaging in an unsafe or unsound practice. Under certain
circumstances, the payment of a dividend by the Banks could be considered an unsafe or unsound practice. In the event that: (i) the FDIC or the
WDFI increase minimum required levels of capital; (ii) the total assets of the Banks increase significantly; (iii) the income of the Banks decrease
significantly; or (iv) any combination of the foregoing occurs, then the boards of directors of the Banks may decide or be required by the FDIC
or the WDFI to retain a greater portion of the Banks' earnings, thereby reducing or eliminating dividends.
The payment of dividends by any financial institution is affected by the requirement to maintain adequate capital pursuant to applicable
capital adequacy guidelines and regulations, and a financial institution generally is prohibited from paying any dividends if, following payment
thereof, the institution would be undercapitalized. As described above, each of the Banks exceeded its minimum capital requirements under
applicable guidelines as of December 31, 2012 . As of December 31, 2012 , approximately $64.7 million was available to be paid as dividends
by FBB. FBB - Milwaukee did not have any capacity to pay dividends at that time. Notwithstanding the availability of funds for dividends,
however, the FDIC may prohibit the payment of any dividends by the Banks if the FDIC determines such payment would constitute an unsafe or
unsound practice.
Insider Transactions. The Banks are subject to certain restrictions imposed by federal law on “covered transactions” between the
Banks and their affiliates. We are an affiliate of each of the Banks for purposes of these restrictions, and covered transactions subject to the
restrictions include extensions of credit to us, investments in our stock or other securities and the acceptance of our stock or other securities as
collateral for loans made by the Banks. The Dodd-Frank Act enhances the requirements for certain transactions with affiliates as of July 21,
2011, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and an increase in the amount of time for which collateral requirements
regarding covered transactions must be maintained.
Certain limitations and reporting requirements are also placed on extensions of credit by the Banks to their respective directors and
officers, to our directors and officers, to our principal stockholders and to “related interests” of such directors, officers and principal
stockholders. In addition, federal law and regulations may affect the terms upon which any person who is a director or officer of FBFS or the
Banks, or a principal stockholder of ours, may obtain credit from banks with which the Banks maintain correspondent relationships.
Safety and Soundness Standards. The federal banking agencies have adopted guidelines that establish operational and managerial
standards to promote the safety and soundness of federally insured depository institutions. The guidelines set forth standards for internal
controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth,
compensation, fees and benefits, asset quality and earnings.
In general, the safety and soundness guidelines prescribe the goals to be achieved in each area, and each institution is responsible for
establishing its own procedures to achieve those goals. If an institution fails to comply with any of the standards set forth in the guidelines, the
institution's primary federal regulator may require the institution to submit a plan for achieving and maintaining compliance. If an institution
fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan, or fails in any material respect to implement a compliance plan that has been accepted by its
primary federal regulator, the regulator is required to issue an order directing the institution to cure the deficiency. Until the deficiency cited in
the regulator's order is cured, the regulator may restrict the institution's rate of growth, require the institution to increase its capital, restrict the
rates the institution pays on deposits or require the institution to take any action the regulator deems appropriate under the circumstances.
Noncompliance with the standards established by the safety and soundness guidelines may also constitute grounds for other enforcement action
by the federal banking regulators, including cease and desist orders and civil money penalty assessments.
Branching Authority. The Banks have the authority under Wisconsin law to establish branches anywhere in the State of Wisconsin,
subject to receipt of all required regulatory approvals.
Federal law permits state and national banks to merge with banks in other states subject to: (i) regulatory approval; (ii) federal and state
deposit concentration limits; and (iii) state law limitations requiring the merging bank to have been in existence for a minimum period of time
(not to exceed five years) prior to the merger. The establishment of new interstate branches or the acquisition of individual branches of a bank in
another state (rather than the acquisition of an out-of-state bank in its entirety) has historically been permitted only in those states the laws of
which expressly authorize such expansion. However, the Dodd-Frank Act permits well-capitalized and well-managed banks to establish new
branches across state lines without these impediments.
13
Table of Contents
State Bank Investments and Activities. The Banks are permitted to make investments and engage in activities directly or through
subsidiaries as authorized by Wisconsin law. However, under federal law and FDIC regulations, FDIC-insured state banks are prohibited, subject
to certain exceptions, from making or retaining equity investments of a type, or in an amount, that are not permissible for a national bank.
Federal law and FDIC regulations also prohibit FDIC-insured state banks and their subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions, from engaging as
principal in any activity that is not permitted for a national bank unless the bank meets, and continues to meet, its minimum regulatory capital
requirements and the FDIC determines that the activity would not pose a significant risk to the DIF. These restrictions have not had, and are not
currently expected to have, a material impact on the operations of the Banks.
Transaction Account Reserves. Federal Reserve regulations require depository institutions to maintain reserves against their transaction
accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). For 2013: (i) the first $12.4 million of otherwise reservable balances are exempt from
the reserve requirements; (ii) for transaction accounts aggregating more than $12.4 million to $79.5 million, the reserve requirement is 3% of
total transaction accounts; and (iii) for net transaction accounts in excess of $79.5 million, the reserve requirement is $2,013,000 plus 10% of the
aggregate amount of total transaction accounts in excess of $79.5 million. These reserve requirements are subject to annual adjustment by the
Federal Reserve. The Banks are in compliance with the foregoing requirements.
Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Banks are members of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago (the “FHLB”), which serves
as a central credit facility for its members. The FHLB is funded primarily from proceeds from the sale of obligations of the FHLB system. It
makes loans to member banks in the form of FHLB advances. All advances from the FHLB are required to be fully collateralized as determined
by the FHLB.
As a member, each of the Banks is required to own shares of capital stock in the FHLB in an amount equal to the greatest of $500, 1%
of its aggregate unpaid residential mortgage loans, home purchase contracts or similar obligations at the beginning of each year or 20% of its
outstanding advances. The FHLB also imposes various limitations on advances relating to the amount and type of collateral, the amount of
advances and other items. As of December 31, 2012, the Banks owned a total of $1.1 million in FHLB stock and they were both in compliance
with FHLB requirements. The Banks received a modest dividend from the FHLB in 2012 and 2011 and no dividend in the year 2010. The Banks
do not expect dividend income from their holdings of FHLB stock to be a significant source of income for the foreseeable future. Outstanding
FHLB advances as of December 31, 2012 amounted to $469,000 .
Community Reinvestment Act Requirements. The Community Reinvestment Act requires each Bank to have a continuing and
affirmative obligation in a safe and sound manner to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income
neighborhoods. Federal regulators regularly assess the Banks' record of meeting the credit needs of their respective communities. Applications
for additional acquisitions would be affected by the evaluation of the Banks' effectiveness in meeting their Community Reinvestment Act
requirements.
Anti-Money Laundering. The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct
Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “Patriot Act”) is designed to deny terrorists and criminals the ability to obtain access to the U.S. financial system and
has significant implications for depository institutions, brokers, dealers and other businesses involved in the transfer of money. The Patriot Act
mandates financial services companies to have policies and procedures with respect to measures designed to address any or all of the following
matters: (i) customer identification programs; (ii) money laundering; (iii) terrorist financing; (iv) identifying and reporting suspicious activities
and currency transactions; (v) currency crimes; and (vi) cooperation between financial institutions and law enforcement authorities.
Commercial Real Estate Guidance. The interagency Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending, Sound Risk Management
Practices guidance (“CRE Guidance”) provides supervisory criteria, including the following numerical indicators, to assist bank examiners in
identifying banks with potentially significant commercial real estate loan concentrations that may warrant greater supervisory scrutiny:
(i) commercial real estate loans exceeding 300% of capital and increasing 50% or more in the preceding three years; or (ii) construction and land
development loans exceeding 100% of capital. The CRE Guidance does not limit banks' levels of commercial real estate lending activities but
rather guides institutions in developing risk management practices and levels of capital that are commensurate with the level and nature of their
commercial real estate concentrations. Based on our current loan portfolio, the Banks do not exceed these guidelines. Even though the Banks do
not exceed these regulatory guidelines, we believe that we have taken appropriate precautions to address the risks associated with our
concentrations in commercial real estate lending. We do not expect the CRE Guidance to adversely affect our operations or our ability to execute
our growth strategy.
14
Table of Contents
Monetary Policy
The monetary policy of the Federal Reserve has a significant effect on the operating results of financial or bank holding companies and
their subsidiaries. Among the means available to the Federal Reserve to affect the money supply are open market transactions in U.S.
government securities, changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowings and changes in reserve requirements against member bank
deposits. These means are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits,
and their use may affect interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits.
Consumer Financial Services
There are numerous developments in federal and state laws regarding consumer financial products and services that impact each Bank's
business. Importantly, the current structure of federal consumer protection regulation applicable to all providers of consumer financial products
and services changed significantly on July 21, 2011, when the CFPB commenced operations to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws.
The CFPB has broad rulemaking authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all providers of consumer products and
services, including the Banks, as well as the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The CFPB has examination
and enforcement authority over providers with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks and savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets,
like the Banks, will continue to be examined by their applicable bank regulators. Below are additional recent regulatory developments relating to
consumer mortgage lending activities. Due to our limited consumer mortgage portfolio, we do not currently expect these provisions to have a
significant impact on our operations; however, additional compliance resources will be needed to monitor changes.
Ability-to-Repay Requirement and Qualified Mortgage Rule. The Dodd-Frank Act contains additional provisions that affect consumer
mortgage lending. First, it significantly expands underwriting requirements applicable to loans secured by 1-4 family residential real property
and augments federal law combating predatory lending practices. In addition to numerous new disclosure requirements, the Dodd-Frank Act
imposes new standards for mortgage loan originations on all lenders, including banks and savings associations, in an effort to strongly encourage
lenders to verify a borrower's ability to repay, while also establishing a presumption of compliance for certain “qualified mortgages.” Most
significantly, the new standards limit the total points and fees that the Banks and/or a broker may charge on conforming and jumbo loans to 3%
of the total loan amount. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act generally requires lenders or securitizers to retain an economic interest in the credit
risk relating to loans that the lender sells and other asset-backed securities that the securitizer issues if the loans have not complied with the
ability-to-repay standards. The risk retention requirement generally will be 5%, but could be increased or decreased by regulation.
On January 10, 2013, the CFPB issued a final rule, effective January 10, 2014, which implements the Dodd-Frank Act's ability-to-repay
requirements, and clarifies the presumption of compliance for “qualified mortgages.” In assessing a borrower's ability to repay a mortgage-
related obligation, lenders generally must consider eight underwriting factors: (i) current or reasonably expected income or assets; (ii) current
employment status; (iii) monthly payment on the subject transaction; (iv) monthly payment on any simultaneous loan; (v) monthly payment for
all mortgage-related obligations; (vi) current debt obligations, alimony, and child support; (vii) monthly debt-to-income ratio or residual income;
and (viii) credit history. The final rule also includes guidance regarding the application of, and methodology for evaluating, these factors.
Further, the final rule also clarifies that qualified mortgages do not include “no-doc” loans and loans with negative amortization,
interest-only payments, balloon payments, terms in excess of 30 years, or points and fees paid by the borrower that exceed 3% of the loan
amount, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, for qualified mortgages, the monthly payment must be calculated on the highest payment that
will occur in the first five years of the loan, and the borrower's total debt-to-income ratio generally may not be more than 43%. The final rule
also provides that certain mortgages that satisfy the general product feature requirements for qualified mortgages and that also satisfy the
underwriting requirements of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (while they operate under federal conservatorship or receivership) or the U.S.
Department of Housing and Urban Development, Department of Veterans Affairs, or Department of Agriculture or Rural Housing Service are
also considered to be qualified mortgages. This second category of qualified mortgages will phase out as the aforementioned federal agencies
issue their own rules regarding qualified mortgages, the conservatorship of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac ends, and, in any event, after seven
years.
As set forth in the Dodd-Frank Act, subprime (or higher-priced) mortgage loans are subject to the ability-to-repay requirement, and the
final rule provides for a rebuttable presumption of lender compliance for those loans. The final rule also applies the ability-to-repay requirement
to prime loans, while also providing a conclusive presumption of compliance ( i.e. , a safe harbor) for prime loans that are also qualified
mortgages. Additionally, the final rule generally prohibits prepayment
15
Table of Contents
penalties (subject to certain exceptions) and sets forth a 3-year record retention period with respect to documenting and demonstrating the
ability-to-repay requirement and other provisions.
Changes to Mortgage Loan Originator Compensation. Effective April 2, 2011, previously existing regulations concerning the
compensation of mortgage loan originators were amended. As a result of these amendments, mortgage loan originators may not receive
compensation based on a mortgage transaction's terms or conditions other than the amount of credit extended under the mortgage loan. Further,
the new standards limit the total points and fees that a bank and/or a broker may charge on conforming and jumbo loans to 3% of the total loan
amount. Mortgage loan originators may receive compensation from a consumer or from a lender, but not both. These rules contain requirements
designed to prohibit mortgage loan originators from “steering” consumers to loans that provide mortgage loan originators with greater
compensation. In addition, the rules contain other requirements concerning recordkeeping.
Foreclosure and Loan Modifications. Federal and state laws further impact foreclosures and loan modifications, many of which laws
have the effect of delaying or impeding the foreclosure process on real estate secured loans in default. Mortgages on commercial property can be
modified, such as by reducing the principal amount of the loan or the interest rate, or by extending the term of the loan, through plans confirmed
under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. In recent years, legislation has been introduced in the U.S. Congress that would amend the
Bankruptcy Code to permit the modification of mortgages secured by residences, although at this time the enactment of such legislation is not
presently proposed. The scope, duration and terms of potential future legislation with similar effect continue to be discussed. We cannot predict
whether any such legislation will be passed or the impact, if any, it would have on our business.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
You should carefully read and consider the following risks and uncertainties. We may encounter risks in addition to those described
below, including risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial. The risks described below, as well
as such additional risks and uncertainties, may impair or materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial
condition.
Risks Related to Our Business
If we do not effectively manage our credit risk, we may experience increased levels of delinquencies, nonperforming loans, and
charge-offs, which would require additional increases in our provision for loan and lease losses.
There are risks inherent in making any loan or lease, including risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers, risks of nonpayment,
risks resulting from uncertainties as to the future value of collateral and cash flows available to service debt and risks resulting from changes in
economic and market conditions. We cannot assure you that our credit risk approval and monitoring procedures will reduce these credit risks,
and they cannot be expected to completely eliminate our credit risks. If the overall economic climate in the United States, generally, or our
market areas, specifically, fails to meaningfully improve, or even if it does meaningfully improve, our borrowers may experience difficulties in
repaying their loans and leases, and the level of nonperforming loans and leases, charge-offs and delinquencies could rise and require further
increases in the provision for loan and lease losses, which would cause our net income and return on equity to decrease.
Our allowance for loan and lease losses may not be adequate to cover actual losses.
We establish our allowance for loan and lease losses and maintain it at a level considered appropriate by management based on an
analysis of our portfolio and market environment. The allowance for loan and lease losses represents our estimate of probable losses inherent in
the portfolio at each balance sheet date and is based upon relevant information available to us. The allowance contains provisions for probable
losses that have been identified relating to specific relationships, as well as probable losses inherent in our loan and lease portfolio and credit
undertakings that are not specifically identified. Additions to the allowance for loan and lease losses, which are charged to earnings through the
provision for loan and lease losses, are determined based on a variety of factors, including an analysis of our loan and lease portfolio by segment,
historical loss experience and an evaluation of current economic conditions in our market areas. The actual amount of loan and lease losses is
affected by changes in economic, operating and other conditions within our markets, which may be beyond our control, and such losses may
exceed current estimates.
At December 31, 2012 , our allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases was 1.69% and as a percentage
of total nonperforming loans and leases was 109.05% . Although management believes that the allowance for loan and lease losses is
appropriate, we may be required to take additional provisions for losses in the future to further supplement the allowance, either due to
management's decision to do so or requirements by our banking regulators. In addition,
16
Table of Contents
bank regulatory agencies will periodically review our allowance for loan and lease losses and the value attributed to nonaccrual loans or to
properties acquired through foreclosure. Such regulatory agencies may require us to adjust our determination of the value for these items. Any
significant increases to the allowance for loan and lease losses may materially decrease our net income, which may adversely affect our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
A significant portion of our loan and lease portfolio is comprised of commercial real estate loans, which involve risks specific to real
estate values and the real estate markets in general, all of which have experienced significant weakness in the past several years.
At December 31, 2012 we had $624.0 million of commercial real estate loans, which represented 68.37% of our total loan portfolio.
Because payments on such loans are often dependent on the successful operation or development of the property or business involved,
repayment of such loans is often more sensitive than other types of loans to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the general economy,
which are outside the borrower's control. In the event that the cash flow from the property is reduced, the borrower's ability to repay the loan
could be negatively impacted. The deterioration of one or a few of these loans could cause a material increase in our level of nonperforming
loans, which would result in a loss of revenue from these loans and could result in an increase in the provision for loan and lease losses and an
increase in charge-offs, all of which could have a material adverse impact on our net income. Additionally, many of these loans have real estate
as a primary or secondary component of collateral. The market value of real estate can fluctuate significantly in a short period of time as a result
of economic conditions. Adverse developments affecting real estate values in one or more of our markets could impact collateral coverage
associated with the commercial real estate segment of our portfolio, possibly leading to increased specific reserves or charge-offs, which would
adversely affect profitability.
A large portion of our loan and lease portfolio is comprised of commercial loans secured by equipment or other collateral, the
deterioration in value of which could increase our exposure to future probable losses.
At December 31, 2012 , approximately 28.10% , or $256.5 million , of our loan and lease portfolio was comprised of commercial loans
to businesses collateralized by general business assets including accounts receivable, inventory, and equipment. Our commercial loans are
typically larger in amount than loans to individual consumers and, therefore, have the potential for larger losses on an individual loan basis.
Additionally, asset-based borrowers are usually highly leveraged and/or have inconsistent historical earnings. Significant adverse changes in
various industries could cause rapid declines in values and collectability associated with those business assets resulting in inadequate collateral
coverage that may expose us to future losses. An increase in specific reserves and charge-offs may have a material adverse impact on our results
of operations.
Nonperforming assets take significant time to resolve and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition, and
could result in further losses in the future.
At December 31, 2012 , our nonperforming loans totaled $14.1 million , or 1.55% of our loan and lease portfolio, and our
nonperforming assets (which include nonperforming loans and foreclosed properties) totaled $15.7 million , or 1.28% of total assets. In addition,
we had $210,000 in accruing loans that were 30-89 days delinquent as of December 31, 2012 .
Our nonperforming assets adversely affect our net income in various ways. We do not record interest income on nonaccrual loans or
foreclosed properties, thereby adversely affecting our net income and returns on assets and equity, increasing our loan administration costs and
adversely affecting our efficiency ratio. When we take collateral in foreclosure and similar proceedings, we are required to mark the collateral to
its then fair market value, less estimated selling costs, which may result in a loss. These nonperforming loans and foreclosed properties also
increase our risk profile and the capital our regulators believe is appropriate in light of such risks. The resolution of nonperforming assets
requires significant time commitments from management and can be detrimental to the performance of their other responsibilities. If we
experience increases in nonperforming loans and nonperforming assets, our net interest income may be negatively impacted and our loan
administration costs could increase, each of which could have an adverse effect on our net income and related ratios, such as return on assets and
equity.
Real estate construction and land development loans are based upon estimates of costs and values associated with the complete
project. These estimates may be inaccurate, and we may be exposed to significant losses on loans for these projects.
Real estate construction and land development loans comprised approximately 7.12% of our total loan and lease portfolio as of
December 31, 2012 , and such lending involves additional risks because funds are advanced upon the as-completed value of the project, which is
uncertain prior to its completion, and costs may exceed realizable values in declining real estate markets. Because of the uncertainties inherent in
estimating construction costs and the realizable market value of the
17
Table of Contents
completed project and the effects of governmental regulation of real property, it is relatively difficult to evaluate accurately the total funds
required to complete a project and the related loan-to-value ratio. As a result, construction loans often involve the disbursement of substantial
funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower to sell or lease the property, rather
than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. If our appraisal of the value of the completed project proves to be
overstated or market values or rental rates decline, we may have inadequate security for the repayment of the loan upon completion of
construction of the project. If we are forced to foreclose on a project prior to or at completion due to a default, we may not be able to recover all
of the unpaid balance of, and accrued interest on, the loan as well as related foreclosure and holding costs. In addition, we may be required to
fund additional amounts to complete the project and may have to hold the property for an unspecified period of time while we attempt to dispose
of it.
Our business has been and may continue to be adversely affected by conditions in the financial markets and economic conditions
generally.
Although it has recently shown certain signs of improvement, since late 2007, the U.S. economy has generally experienced challenging
economic conditions. Business activity across a range of industries and regions remains reduced from historical levels under more favorable
economic conditions. Likewise, many local governments have been experiencing certain difficulties, including lower tax revenues, which have
impacted their ability to cover costs. Unemployment also remains at elevated levels. For the past few years, the financial services industry has
generally been affected by declines in the values of many significant asset classes, reduced levels of liquidity and the lack of opportunities to
originate new loans. While these challenges are generally less severe than in recent years, their impact continues to be felt.
As a result of these economic conditions, many lending institutions, including the Banks, have experienced declines in the performance
of their loans from historical norms. Moreover, competition among depository institutions for deposits and quality loans has increased
significantly. In addition, the values of real estate collateral supporting many loans remain depressed and may decline in the future. Bank and
bank holding company stock prices have generally been negatively affected over this time period, and the ability of banks and bank holding
companies to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets has generally been more difficult than it had been prior to 2007. There have been
significant new laws and regulations regarding lending and funding practices and liquidity standards, with a potential for further regulation in the
future, and bank regulatory agencies in general have been diligent in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations, including
through formal or informal enforcement actions or orders. The impact of new legislation in response to these developments may negatively
impact our operations by restricting our business operations, including our ability to originate or sell loans, and adversely impact our financial
performance or our stock price.
In addition, if the overall economic climate in the United States, generally, or our market areas, specifically, fails to continue to
improve, this may affect consumer confidence levels and may cause adverse changes in payment patterns, causing increases in delinquencies and
default rates, which may impact our charge-offs and provisions for credit losses. A worsening of these conditions likely would exacerbate the
adverse effects of the recent market conditions on us and others in the financial services industry.
Our business is concentrated in and largely dependent upon the continued growth and welfare of the general geographical markets
in which we operate.
Our operations are heavily concentrated in the South Central region of Wisconsin and to a lesser extent the Southeastern and
Northeastern regions of Wisconsin, and, as a result, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows are significantly impacted by
changes in the economic conditions in those areas. Our success depends to a significant extent upon the business activity, population, income
levels, deposits and real estate activity in these markets. Although our customers' business and financial interests may extend well beyond these
market areas, adverse economic conditions that affect these market areas could reduce our growth rate, affect the ability of our customers to
repay their loans to us, affect the value of collateral underlying loans and generally affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Because of our geographic concentration, we are less able than other regional or national financial institutions to diversify our credit risks across
multiple markets. Although, in general, the Wisconsin economy and real estate market have not been affected as severely as other areas of the
United States in recent years, they are not immune to challenging economic conditions that affect the United States and world economies.
18
Table of Contents
Our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to effectively execute our strategic plan or
manage the growth called for in our strategic plan.
Among other things, our strategic plan currently calls for reducing the amount of our nonperforming assets, generating in-market core
deposits to improve our net interest margin and increasing fee income. Our ability to increase profitability in accordance with this plan will
depend on a variety of factors including the identification of desirable business opportunities, competitive responses from financial institutions in
our market areas and our ability to manage liquidity and funding sources. While we believe we have the management resources and internal
systems in place to successfully manage our strategic plan, we cannot guarantee that opportunities will be available and that the strategic plan
will be successful or effectively managed.
Although we do not have any current definitive plans to do so, in implementing our strategic plan we may expand into additional
communities or attempt to strengthen our position in our current markets through opportunistic acquisitions of similar or complementary
financial services organizations. To the extent that we open new offices or undertake acquisitions, we are likely to experience the effects of
higher operating expenses relative to operating income from the new operations, which may have an adverse effect on our levels of reported net
income, return on average equity and return on average assets. Other effects of engaging in such growth strategies may include potential
diversion of our management's time and attention and general disruption to our business.
To the extent that we grow through additional office openings, we cannot assure you that we will be able to adequately and profitably
manage this growth. Acquiring other banks and businesses will involve similar risks to those commonly associated with branching, but may also
involve additional risks, including potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of banks and businesses we acquire and exposure to
potential asset quality issues of the acquired bank or related business.
Monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
In addition to being affected by general economic conditions, our earnings and growth are affected by the policies of the Federal
Reserve. An important function of the Federal Reserve is to regulate the money supply and credit conditions. Among the instruments used by the
Federal Reserve to implement these objectives are open market operations in U.S. government securities, adjustments of the discount rate and
changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits. These instruments are used in varying combinations to influence overall economic
growth and the distribution of credit, bank loans, investments and deposits. Their use also affects interest rates charged on loans or paid on
deposits.
The monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks
in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The effects of such policies upon our business, financial condition and results of
operations cannot be predicted.
We operate in a highly regulated industry and the laws and regulations that govern our operations, corporate governance, executive
compensation and accounting principles, or changes in them, or our failure to comply with them, may adversely affect us.
We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision that govern almost all aspects of our operations. Intended to protect customers,
depositors and deposit insurance funds, these laws and regulations, among other matters, prescribe minimum capital requirements, impose
limitations on our business activities, limit the dividends or distributions that we can pay, restrict the ability of institutions to guarantee our debt
and impose certain specific accounting requirements that may be more restrictive and may result in greater or earlier charges to earnings or
reductions in our capital than generally accepted accounting principles. Compliance with laws and regulations can be difficult and costly and
changes to laws and regulations often impose additional compliance costs. Further, our failure to comply with these laws and regulations, even if
the failure was inadvertent or reflects a difference in interpretation, could subject us to restrictions on our business activities, fines and other
penalties, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations, capital base and the price of our securities.
Recent legislative and regulatory reforms applicable to the financial services industry may have a significant impact on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
In the wake of the global financial crisis of 2008-2009, Congress enacted the Dodd-Frank Act, which significantly changed the
regulation of financial institutions and the financial services industry. The Dodd-Frank Act, together with the regulations developed and to be
developed thereunder, includes provisions affecting large and small financial institutions alike,
19
Table of Contents
including several provisions that will affect how community banks, thrifts and small bank and thrift holding companies will be regulated in the
future.
Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act changes deposit insurance coverage and assessments and impacts the products and services
offered by financial institutions. It changes the base for FDIC insurance assessments to a bank's average consolidated total assets minus average
tangible equity, rather than its deposit base, permanently raises the current standard deposit insurance limit to $250,000, and expands the FDIC's
authority to raise insurance premiums. The legislation also calls for the FDIC to raise the ratio of reserves to deposits from 1.15% to 1.35% for
deposit insurance purposes by September 30, 2020 and to “offset the effect” of increased assessments on insured depository institutions with
assets of less than $10 billion. The Dodd-Frank Act limits interchange fees payable on debit card transactions for larger banks, allows financial
institutions to pay interest on business checking accounts, contains provisions on mortgage-related matters (such as steering incentives,
determinations as to a borrower's ability to repay and prepayment penalties) and establishes the CFPB as an independent entity within the
Federal Reserve. This entity will have broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority over consumer financial products and services,
including deposit products, residential mortgages, home-equity loans and credit cards. Moreover, the Dodd-Frank Act includes provisions that
affect corporate governance and executive compensation at all publicly traded companies.
In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act, together with initiatives of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision discussed below, is raising
the capital levels required to be maintained by bank and thrift holding companies and financial institutions and is changing the rules with respect
to the kinds of capital instruments that must be held. The Collins Amendment to the Dodd-Frank Act requires bank holding companies to
maintain capital on the same basis as banks and, because banks may not hold capital in the form of trust preferred securities, eliminates trust
preferred securities from Tier 1 capital, except that certain trust preferred securities issued prior to May 19, 2010 by bank holding companies
with total consolidated assets of $15 billion or less may continue to be includible in Tier 1 capital.
The Group of Governors and Heads of Supervision, the oversight body of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, adopted Basel
III in September 2010, which constitutes a strengthened set of capital requirements for banking organizations in the United States and around the
world. Basel III is currently the subject of notices of proposed rulemakings released in June of 2012 by the respective U.S. federal banking
agencies. The comment period for these notices of proposed rulemakings ended on October 22, 2012, but final regulations have not yet been
released. Basel III was intended to be implemented beginning January 1, 2013 and to be fully-phased in on a global basis on January 1, 2019.
However, on November 9, 2012, the U.S. Federal bank regulatory agencies announced that the implementation of the proposed rules to effect
Basel III in the United States was indefinitely delayed. Basel III would require capital to be held in the form of tangible common equity,
generally increase the required capital ratios, phase out certain kinds of intangibles treated as capital and certain types of instruments, like trust
preferred securities, and change the risk weightings of assets used to determine required capital ratios.
These provisions, as well as any other aspects of current or proposed regulatory or legislative changes to laws applicable to the financial
industry, will impact the profitability of our business activities and may change certain of our business practices, including the ability to offer
new products, obtain financing, attract deposits, make loans, and achieve satisfactory interest spreads, and could expose us to additional costs,
including increased compliance costs. These changes also may require us to invest significant management attention and resources to make any
necessary changes to operations in order to comply, and could therefore also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and
results of operations. Our management is actively reviewing the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and Basel III, many of which are to be
phased-in over the next several months and years, and assessing the probable impact on our operations. However, the ultimate effect of these
changes on the financial services industry in general, and us in particular, is uncertain at this time.
We are periodically subject to examination and scrutiny by a number of banking agencies and, depending upon the findings and
determinations of these agencies, we may be required to make adjustments to our business that could adversely affect us.
Federal and state banking agencies periodically conduct examinations of our business, including compliance with applicable laws and
regulations. If, as a result of an examination, a federal banking agency was to determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset
quality, asset concentration, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, sensitivity to market risk or other aspects of any of our operations has
become unsatisfactory, or that we or our management is in violation of any law or regulation, it could take a number of different remedial actions
as it deems appropriate. These actions include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative actions to correct any
conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in our
capital, to restrict our growth, to change the asset composition of our portfolio or balance sheet, to assess civil monetary penalties against our
officers
20
Table of Contents
or directors, to remove officers and directors and, if it is concluded that such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss
to depositors, to terminate our deposit insurance. If we become subject to such regulatory actions, our business, results of operations and
reputation may be negatively impacted.
The repeal of federal prohibitions on payment of interest on demand deposits could increase our interest expense.
On July 21, 2011, all federal prohibitions on the ability of financial institutions to pay interest on demand deposit accounts were
repealed as part of the Dodd-Frank Act. As a result, some financial institutions have commenced offering interest on these demand deposits to
compete for customers. If competitive pressures require us to pay interest on these demand deposits to attract and retain business customers, our
interest expense would increase and our net interest margin would decrease. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations. Further, the effect of the repeal of the prohibition could be more significant in a higher interest rate
environment, as business customers would have a greater incentive to seek interest on demand deposits.
Liquidity risks could affect operations and jeopardize our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Our ability to implement our business strategy will depend on our liquidity and ability to obtain funding for loan originations, working
capital and other general purposes. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and other sources could have a
substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our preferred source of funds consists of customer deposits, which we supplement with other sources
such as brokered deposits. Such account and deposit balances can decrease when customers perceive alternative investments as providing a
better risk/return tradeoff. If customers move money out of bank deposits and into other investments, we may increase our utilization of brokered
deposits, FHLB advances and other wholesale funding sources necessary to fund desired growth levels. Because these funds generally are more
sensitive to interest rate changes than our core deposits, they are more likely to move to the highest rate available. In addition, the use of
brokered deposits without regulatory approval is limited to banks that are “well capitalized” according to regulation. As of December 31, 2012 ,
39.9% of FBB's total deposits and 8.9% of FBB-Milwaukee's total deposits were brokered deposits. If the Banks are unable to maintain their
capital levels at “well capitalized” minimums, we could lose a significant source of funding, which would force us to utilize additional wholesale
funding or potentially sell assets at a time when pricing may be unfavorable, increasing our funding costs and reducing our net interest income
and net income.
Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance or capitalize our activities or on terms that are acceptable to us could be
impaired by factors that affect us directly or the financial services industry or economy in general, such as disruptions in the financial markets or
negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry. Regional and community banks generally have less
access to the capital markets than do national and super-regional banks because of their smaller size and limited analyst coverage. Since mid-
2007, the financial services industry and the credit markets generally have been materially and adversely affected by declines in asset values and
by diminished liquidity. The liquidity issues have been particularly acute for regional and community banks, as many of the larger financial
institutions significantly curtailed their lending to regional and community banks to reduce their exposure to the risks of other banks. In addition,
many of the larger correspondent lenders reduced or even eliminated federal funds lines for their correspondent customers.
As a result, we rely on our ability to generate deposits and effectively manage the repayment and maturity schedules of our loans and
investment securities, respectively, to ensure that we have adequate liquidity to fund our operations. Any decline in available funding could
adversely impact our ability to originate loans, invest in securities, meet our expenses, pay dividends to our stockholders or fulfill obligations
such as repaying our borrowings or meeting deposit withdrawal demands, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity,
business, financial condition and results of operations.
The expiration of the FDIC's Transaction Account Guarantee Program could negatively impact the Banks' liquidity and cost of
funds.
Under the FDIC's Transaction Account Guarantee Program, certain non-interest-bearing transaction accounts, including those of
consumers and businesses, were insured by the FDIC over and above the customary $250,000 limit through December 31, 2012, the expiration
date of the program. The expiration of this program could cause depositors of the Banks to withdraw deposits in excess of FDIC-insured levels.
The withdrawal of these deposits could negatively impact the Banks' liquidity. Furthermore, the withdrawal of these deposits could negatively
impact the Banks' cost of funds by potentially reducing their levels of core deposits and increasing their need to rely on wholesale funding
sources, which typically represent higher cost funds.
21
Table of Contents
We rely on our management, and the loss of one or more of those managers may harm our business.
Our success has been and will be greatly influenced by our continuing ability to retain the services of our existing senior management
and, if we expand, to attract and retain additional qualified senior and middle management. The unexpected loss of key management personnel
or the inability to recruit and retain qualified personnel in the future could have an adverse effect on our business and financial results. In
addition, our failure to develop and/or maintain an effective succession plan will impede our ability to quickly and effectively react to
unexpected loss of key management and in turn may have an adverse effect on our business.
Interest rate shifts may reduce net interest income and otherwise negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.
Shifts in short-term interest rates may reduce net interest income, which is the principal component of our earnings. Net interest income
is the difference between the amounts received by us on our interest-earning assets and the interest paid by us on our interest-bearing liabilities.
In certain scenarios, when interest rates rise, the rate of interest we pay on our liabilities may rise more quickly than the rate of interest that we
receive on our interest-bearing assets, which could cause our profits to decrease. Currently, because of the continuing period of low interest
rates, we have structured our balance sheet so that the interest we receive on our interest-earning assets will increase more quickly than the
interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities. However, the structure of our balance sheet and resultant sensitivity to interest rates in various
scenarios may change in the future.
Additionally, interest rate increases often result in larger payment requirements for our borrowers, which increases the potential for
default. At the same time, the marketability of underlying collateral may be adversely affected by any reduced demand resulting from higher
interest rates. In a declining interest rate environment, there may be an increase in prepayments on certain loans as borrowers refinance at lower
rates.
Changes in interest rates also can affect the value of loans. An increase in interest rates that adversely affects the ability of borrowers to
pay the principal or interest on loans may lead to an increase in nonperforming assets and a reduction of income recognized, which could have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows. Further, when we place a loan on nonaccrual status, we reverse any accrued
but unpaid interest receivable, which decreases interest income. Subsequently, we continue to have a cost to fund the loan, which is reflected as
interest expense, without any interest income to offset the associated funding expense. Thus, an increase in the amount of nonperforming assets
would have an adverse impact on net interest income.
Rising interest rates may also result in a decline in value of our fixed-rate debt securities. The unrealized losses resulting from holding
these securities would be recognized in other comprehensive income and reduce total stockholders' equity. If debt securities in an unrealized loss
position are sold, such losses become realized and will reduce our regulatory capital ratios.
If short-term interest rates remain at their historically low levels for a prolonged period, and assuming longer term interest rates fall
further, we could experience net interest margin compression if our interest-earning assets reprice downward while our interest-bearing liability
rates fail to decline in tandem. This may have a material adverse effect on our net interest income and our results of operations.
We could recognize losses on securities held in our securities portfolio, particularly if interest rates increase or economic and
market conditions deteriorate.
As of December 31, 2012 , the fair value of our securities portfolio was approximately $200.6 million . Factors beyond our control can
significantly influence the fair value of securities in our portfolio and can cause potential adverse changes to the fair value of these securities. For
example, fixed-rate securities acquired by us are generally subject to decreases in market value when interest rates rise. Additional factors
include, but are not limited to, rating agency downgrades of the securities, defaults by the issuer or individual mortgagors with respect to the
underlying securities, and continued instability in the credit markets. Any of the foregoing factors could cause an other-than-temporary
impairment in future periods and result in realized losses. The process for determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary usually
requires difficult, subjective judgments about the future financial performance of the issuer and any collateral underlying the security in order to
assess the probability of receiving all contractual principal and interest payments on the security. Because of changing economic and market
conditions affecting interest rates, the financial condition of issuers of the securities and the performance of the underlying collateral, we may
recognize realized and/or unrealized losses in future periods, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of
operations.
22
Table of Contents
The Company is a bank holding company and its sources of funds necessary to meet its obligations are limited.
The Company is a bank holding company, and its operations are primarily conducted by the Banks, which are subject to significant
federal and state regulation. Cash available to pay dividends to our stockholders, pay our obligations and meet our debt service requirements is
derived primarily from our existing cash flow sources, our third party line of credit, dividends received from the Banks, or a combination
thereof. Future dividend payments by the Banks to us will require generation of future earnings by the Banks and are subject to certain
regulatory guidelines. If the Banks are unable to pay dividends to us, we may not have the resources or cash flow to pay or meet all of our
obligations.
Competition from other financial institutions could adversely affect our profitability.
We encounter heavy competition in attracting commercial loan, equipment finance and deposit clients as well as trust and investment
clients. We believe the principal factors that are used to attract core deposit accounts and that distinguish one financial institution from another
include value-added relationships, rates of return, types of accounts, service fees, convenience of office locations and hours and quality of
service to the depositors. We believe the primary factors in competing for commercial loans are value-added relationships, interest rates, loan
fee charges, loan structure and timeliness and quality of service to the borrower.
Our competition includes banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking companies, credit unions, finance companies, equipment
finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage firms and investment banking firms. We also compete with regional and
national financial institutions that have a substantial presence in our market areas, many of which have greater liquidity, higher lending limits,
greater access to capital, more established market recognition and more resources and collective experience than us. In addition, some larger
financial institutions that have not historically competed with us directly have substantial excess liquidity and have sought, and may continue to
seek, smaller lending relationships in our target markets. Furthermore, tax-exempt credit unions operate in most of our market areas and
aggressively price their products and services to a large portion of the market. Our profitability depends, in part, upon our ability to successfully
maintain and increase market share.
We may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions.
Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. We have exposure to
many different industries and counterparties and routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including
commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks, and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in
the event of a default by a counterparty or client. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of
operations.
Our framework for managing risks may not be effective in mitigating risk and loss to us.
Our risk management framework seeks to mitigate risk and loss to us. We have established processes and procedures intended to
identify, measure, monitor, report and analyze the types of risk to which we are subject, including liquidity risk, credit risk, market risk, interest
rate risk, operational risk, compensation risk, legal and compliance risk, and reputational risk, among others. However, as with any risk
management framework, there are inherent limitations to our risk management strategies as there may exist, or develop in the future, risks that
we have not appropriately anticipated or identified. Our ability to successfully identify and manage risks facing us is an important factor that can
significantly impact our results. If our risk management framework proves ineffective, we could suffer unexpected losses and could be materially
adversely affected.
We are subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, customer or employee fraud and data processing system
failures and errors.
Employee errors and employee and customer misconduct could subject us to financial losses or regulatory sanctions and seriously harm
our reputation. Misconduct by our employees could include hiding unauthorized activities from us, improper or unauthorized activities on behalf
of our customers or improper use of confidential information. It is not always possible to prevent employee errors and misconduct, and the
precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Employee errors or misconduct could also subject us to
financial claims for negligence.
We maintain a system of internal controls and insurance coverage to mitigate against operational risks, including data processing
system failures and errors and customer or employee fraud. If our internal controls fail to prevent or detect an occurrence, or if any resulting loss
is not insured or exceeds applicable insurance limits, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
23
Table of Contents
If we are unable to keep pace with technological advances in our industry, our ability to attract and retain clients could be adversely
affected.
The banking industry is constantly subject to technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and
services. In addition to better serving clients, the effective use of technology increases our efficiency and enables us to reduce costs. Our future
success will depend in part on our ability to address the needs of our clients by using technology to provide products and services that will
satisfy client demands for convenience as well as create additional efficiencies in our operations. A number of our competitors have substantially
greater resources to invest in technological improvements, as well as significant economies of scale. There can be no assurance that we will be
able to implement and offer new technology-driven products and services to our clients. If we fail to do so, our ability to attract and retain
clients may be adversely affected.
A breach in security of our systems or our third----party service providers' communications and information technologies, including
with respect to our internet banking activities, could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We rely heavily on communications and information technology to conduct our business and internet banking activities. Any failure or
interruption due to a breach in security, denial of service attack, virus, worm, “phishing” scheme or other disruptive activity by hackers could
result in failures or disruptions in our general ledger, deposit, loan, investment management, electronic banking and other systems or those of our
internet banking customers. In addition, advances in computer capabilities or other developments could result in a breach of our systems
designed to protect client data. We have policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of such a failure or interruption due to a
security breach of our information systems; however, there can be no assurance that any such events will not occur or, if they do, that they will
be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of our or our internet banking clients' information
systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of clients, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to litigation and
possible financial liability which could have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition. Failure in any of these situations
subjects us to risks that may vary in size and scope.
In addition, we rely on third-party service providers for a substantial portion of our communications, information, operating and
financial control systems technology. While we have selected these third-party vendors carefully, we do not control their actions. If any of these
third-party service providers experience financial, operational or technological difficulties, security breaches, or if there is any disruption in our
relationships with them, we may be required to locate alternative sources for these services. There can be no assurance that we could negotiate
terms as favorable to us or obtain services with similar functionality as we currently have without the expenditure of substantial resources. Any
of these circumstances could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our business continuity plans could prove to be inadequate, resulting in a material interruption in or disruption to, our business and
a negative impact on our results of operations.
We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business, and our operations are dependent on our ability
to protect our systems against damage from fire, power loss or telecommunication failure. The computer systems and network infrastructure we
use could be vulnerable to unforeseen problems. These problems may arise in both our internally developed systems and the systems of our
third-party service providers. Any failure or interruption of these systems, whether due to severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or
terrorism, criminal activity or other factors, could result in failures or disruptions in general ledger, deposit, loan, client relationship management
and other systems. While we have a business continuity plan and other policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of a failure,
interruption or security breach of our information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures or interruptions will not occur or, if
they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures or interruptions of our information systems could damage
our reputation, result in a loss of clients, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial
liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
Our trust and investment services operations may be negatively impacted by changes in economic and market conditions.
Our trust and investment services operations may be negatively impacted by changes in general economic conditions and the conditions
in the financial and securities markets, including the values of assets held under management. Our management contracts generally provide for
fees payable for services based on the market value of assets under management. Because most of our contracts provide for a fee based on
market values of securities, fluctuations in securities prices will have an adverse effect on our results of operations from this business. If the
financial and securities markets were to experience a
24
Table of Contents
significant decline, the values of the assets that we manage generally would decline and result in a corresponding decline in the performance of
our customers' portfolios. Market declines and reductions in the value of our customers' trust and investment services accounts could result in us
losing trust and investment services customers, including those who are also banking customers.
We are subject to claims and litigation pertaining to our fiduciary responsibilities.
Some of the services we provide, such as trust and investment services, require us to act as fiduciaries for our customers and others.
From time to time, third parties make claims and take legal action against us pertaining to the performance of our fiduciary responsibilities. If
fiduciary investment decisions are not appropriately documented to justify action taken or trades are placed incorrectly, among other possible
claims, and if these claims and legal actions are not resolved in a manner favorable to us, we may be exposed to significant financial liability
and/or our reputation could be damaged. Either of these results may adversely impact demand for our products and services or otherwise have a
harmful effect on our business and, in turn, on our financial condition and results of operations.
Negative publicity could damage our reputation and adversely impact our business and financial results.
Reputation risk, or the risk to our earnings and capital due to negative publicity, is inherent in our business. Negative publicity can
result from our actual or alleged conduct in a number of activities, including lending practices, corporate governance, and actions taken by
government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative publicity can adversely affect our ability to keep
and attract customers, and can expose us to the litigation and regulatory action, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
Potential acquisitions may disrupt our business and dilute stockholder value
While we remain committed to organic growth, we also may consider acquisition opportunities involving complementary financial
service organizations if the right situation were to arise. Various risks commonly associated with acquisitions, include, among other things:
• Potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of the target company.
• Exposure to potential asset quality issues of the target company.
• Potential disruption to our business.
• Potential diversion of our management's time and attention.
• Possible loss of key employees and customers of the target company.
• Difficulty in estimating the value of the target company.
• Potential changes in banking or tax laws or regulations that may affect the target company.
Acquisitions may involve the payment of a premium over book and market values, and, therefore, some dilution of our tangible book
value and net income per common share may occur in connection with any future transaction. Furthermore, failure to realize the expected
revenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product presence, and/or other projected benefits from an acquisition could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Related to Investing in Our Common Stock
Our stock is thinly traded and our stock price can fluctuate.
Low volume of trading activity and volatility in the price of our common stock and the NASDAQ Global Market, where our common
stock is listed, may make it difficult for our shareholders to sell common stock when desired and at prices they find attractive. Our stock price
can fluctuate significantly in response to a variety of factors including, among other things:
actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly results of operations;
recommendations by securities analysts;
•
•
• operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to us;
• news reports relating to trends, concerns and other issues in the financial services industry, including the failures of other
financial institutions in the current economic downturn;
• perceptions in the marketplace regarding us or our competitors and other financial services companies;
• new technology used, or services offered, by competitors; and
25
Table of Contents
•
changes in government regulations.
General market fluctuations, industry factors and general economic and political conditions and events, such as economic slowdowns or
recessions, interest rate changes or credit loss trends, could also cause our stock price to decrease regardless of our operating results,
To maintain adequate capital levels, we may be required to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be
available when it is needed and could be dilutive to our existing stockholders.
We are required by regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. In order to ensure our ability
to support the operations of the Banks we may need to limit or terminate cash dividends that can be paid to our stockholders. In addition, we may
need to raise capital in the future. Our ability to raise capital, if needed, will depend in part on our financial performance and conditions in the
capital markets at that time, and accordingly, we cannot guarantee our ability to raise capital on terms acceptable to us. In addition, if we decide
to raise equity capital in the future, the interest of our stockholders could be diluted. Any issuance of common stock at prices below tangible
book value would dilute the ownership of our current stockholders. In addition, the market price of our common stock could decrease as a result
of the sale of a large number of shares or similar securities, or the perception that such sales could occur. If we cannot raise capital when needed,
our ability to serve as a source of strength to the Banks, pay dividends, maintain adequate capital levels and liquidity, or further expand our
operations could be materially impaired.
If equity research analysts publish research or reports about our business with unfavorable commentary or downgrade our common
stock, the price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.
The trading market for our common stock could be affected by whether equity research analysts publish research or reports about us
and our business and what is included in such research or reports. If equity analysts publish research reports about us containing unfavorable
commentary, downgrade our stock or cease publishing reports about our business, the price of our stock could decline If any analyst electing to
cover us downgrades our stock, our stock price would likely decline rapidly. If any analyst electing to cover us ceases coverage of us, we could
lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our common stock price or trading volume to decline and our common stock to be less
liquid.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None
Item 2. Properties
The following table provides certain summary information with respect to the principal properties in which we conduct our operations,
all of which were leased, as of December 31, 2012 :
Location
401 Charmany Drive, Madison, WI
18500 W. Corporate Drive, Brookfield, WI
3913 West Prospect Avenue, Appleton, WI
230 Ohio Street, Oshkosh, WI
300 N. Broadway, Green Bay, WI
Function
Full service banking location of FBB and office of FBFS
Full service banking location of FBB - Milwaukee
Loan production office of FBB
Loan production office of FBB
Loan production office of FBB
Expiration
Date
2028
2020
2017
2018
2014
FBB also conducts trust and investment business from a limited purpose branch located at 3500 University Avenue, Madison,
Wisconsin. For the purpose of generating business development opportunities in asset-based lending and equipment financing, office space is
also leased in the following metropolitan areas: Minneapolis, Minnesota; Cleveland, Ohio; St. Louis, Missouri; Detroit, Michigan; Denver,
Colorado; Chicago, Illinois; and Kansas City, Kansas under shorter-term lease agreements, which generally have terms of less than one year.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
We believe that no litigation is threatened or pending in which we face potential loss or exposure which could materially affect our
consolidated financial position, consolidated results of operations or cash flows. Since our subsidiaries act as depositories of funds, lenders and
trust agents, they are occasionally named as defendants in lawsuits involving claims to the ownership of funds in particular accounts. This and
other litigation is incidental to our business.
26
Table of Contents
Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
PART II.
Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Holders, Price Range and Dividends Declared
The common stock of the Corporation is traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “FBIZ." As of February 21, 2013,
there were 410 registered shareholders of record of FBFS common stock. Certain of the Corporation’s shares are held in “nominee” or “street”
name and the number of beneficial owners of such shares is approximately 525.
The following table presents the range of high and low closing sale prices of our common stock for each quarter within the two most
recent fiscal years, according to information provided by NASDAQ, and cash dividends declared in such years.
2012
1st Quarter
2nd Quarter
3rd Quarter
4th Quarter
2011
1st Quarter
2nd Quarter
3rd Quarter
4th Quarter
Dividend Policy
High
Low
Dividend Declared
$
$
19.00 $
23.50
24.51
26.30
13.50 $
15.00
17.23
17.24
14.81 $
16.20
20.00
22.38
11.19 $
11.48
13.32
13.76
0.07
0.07
0.07
0.07
0.07
0.07
0.07
0.07
It has been our practice to pay a dividend to common shareholders. Dividends historically have been paid in the month following the
end of each calendar quarter. However, the timing and amount of future dividends are at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the
Corporation (the "Board") and will depend upon the consolidated earnings, financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements of the
Corporation and its subsidiaries, the amount of cash dividends paid to the Corporation by its subsidiaries, applicable government regulations and
policies, supervisory actions and other factors considered relevant by the Board. Refer to Item 1 - Business—Supervision and Regulation for
additional discussion regarding the limitations on dividends and other capital contributions by the Banks to the Corporation. The Board
anticipates it will continue to declare dividends as appropriate based on the above factors.
27
Table of Contents
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table summarizes certain information with respect to compensation plans under which equity securities of the
Corporation are authorized for issuance as of December 31, 2012 .
Plan category
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
Issuer Purchases of Securities
Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
column (a))
(a)
(b)
(c)
124,034 $
—
22.43
—
218,115
—
The following tables sets forth information about the Corporation's purchases of its common stock during the three months ended
December 31, 2012 .
Period
October 1, 2012 - October 31, 2012
November 1, 2012 - November 30, 2012
December 1, 2012 - December 31, 2012
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
(1)
Average Price
Paid Per Share
— $
5,055
—
—
23.17
—
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of
Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
Approximate
Dollar Value of
Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans
or Programs
—
—
—
— $
—
—
(1) The shares in this column represent: (i) the 4,127 shares that were surrendered to us to satisfy income tax withholding obligations in
connection with the vesting of restricted shares; and (ii) 928 shares used to exercise stock options as part of a cashless exercise.
28
Table of Contents
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
INCOME STATEMENT:
Interest income
Interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan and lease losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expense
Goodwill impairment
Loss on foreclosed properties
Income tax expense
Net income
Yield on earning assets
Cost of funds
Interest rate spread
Net interest margin
Return on average assets
Return on average equity
ENDING BALANCE SHEET:
Total assets
Securities
Loans and leases, net
Deposits
FHLB advances and other borrowings
Junior subordinated notes
Stockholders’ equity
FINANCIAL CONDITION ANALYSIS:
Allowance for loan and lease losses to year-
end loans
Allowance to non-accrual loans and leases
Net charge-offs to average loans and leases
Non-accrual loans to gross loans and leases
Average equity to average assets
STOCKHOLDERS’ DATA:
Basic earnings per common share (1)
Diluted earnings per common share (1)
Book value per share at end of period
Tangible book value per share at end of period
$
Dividend declared per share
Dividend payout ratio
Shares outstanding
Five Year Comparison of Selected Consolidated Financial Data
As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
2012
2011
2010
2009
2008
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Share Data)
$
$
$
54,766
16,885
37,881
4,243
8,699
28,076
—
585
4,750
8,926
$
$
4.86 %
1.75 %
3.11 %
3.36 %
0.75 %
12.65 %
56,217
20,756
35,461
4,250
7,060
25,977
—
420
3,449
8,425
$
$
5.22 %
2.20 %
3.02 %
3.29 %
0.75 %
14.03 %
56,626
24,675
31,951
7,044
6,743
25,465
2,689
206
2,349
941
$
$
5.39 %
2.57 %
2.82 %
3.04 %
0.09 %
1.67 %
56,356
28,322
28,034
8,225
6,450
23,810
—
691
717
1,041
$
$
5.57 %
3.03 %
2.53 %
2.77 %
0.10 %
1.90 %
59,773
33,515
26,258
4,299
5,105
20,841
—
1,043
2,056
3,124
6.39 %
3.89 %
2.50 %
2.81 %
0.32 %
6.11 %
$
1,226,108
200,596
896,560
1,092,254
12,405
10,315
99,539
$
1,177,165
170,386
836,687
1,051,312
40,292
10,315
64,214
$
1,107,057
153,379
860,935
988,298
41,504
10,315
55,335
$
1,117,436
122,286
839,807
984,374
57,515
10,315
54,393
1,010,786
109,124
840,546
838,874
94,526
10,315
53,006
1.69 %
109.05 %
0.35 %
1.55 %
5.96 %
$
3.30
3.29
25.41
25.41
0.28
8.50 %
1.66 %
65.03 %
0.74 %
2.56 %
5.32 %
$
3.23
3.23
24.46
24.46
0.28
8.67 %
1.85 %
42.37 %
0.57 %
4.37 %
5.11 %
$
0.37
0.37
21.30
21.29
0.28
75.68 %
1.65 %
50.76 %
0.69 %
3.26 %
5.19 %
0.41
0.41
21.42
20.34
0.28
68.29 %
1.39 %
72.74 %
0.28 %
1.91 %
5.27 %
1.24
1.24
20.82
19.74
0.28
22.58 %
3,916,667
2,625,569
2,597,820
2,539,306
2,545,546
(1) Basic and diluted earnings per share reflect earnings per common share as calculated under the two-class method due to the existence of participating
securities.
29
Table of Contents
Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Forward-Looking Statements
When used in this report, and in any oral statements made with the approval of an authorized executive officer, the words or phrases
“may,” “could,” “should,” “hope,” “might,” “believe,” “expect,” “plan,” “assume,” “intend,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “project,” “likely,” or
similar expressions are intended to identify “forward-looking statements.” Such statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, including,
without limitation, changes in economic conditions in the market area of FBB or FBB – Milwaukee, changes in policies by regulatory agencies,
fluctuation in interest rates, demand for loans in the market area of FBB or FBB – Milwaukee, borrowers defaulting in the repayment of loans
and competition. These risks could cause actual results to differ materially from what the Corporation has anticipated or projected. These risk
factors and uncertainties should be carefully considered by our shareholders and potential investors. See Item 1A—Risk Factors for discussion
relating to risk factors impacting the Corporation. Investors should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements, which
speak only as of the date made. The factors described within this Form 10-K could affect the financial performance of FBFS and could cause
actual results for future periods to differ materially from any opinions or statements expressed with respect to future periods.
Where any such forward-looking statement includes a statement of the assumptions or bases underlying such forward-looking
statement, FBFS cautions that, while its management believes such assumptions or bases are reasonable and are made in good faith, assumed
facts or bases can vary from actual results, and the differences between assumed facts or bases and actual results can be material, depending on
the circumstances. Where, in any forward-looking statement, an expectation or belief is expressed as to future results, such expectation or belief
is expressed in good faith and believed to have a reasonable basis, but there can be no assurance that the expected result will be achieved or
accomplished.
FBFS does not intend to, and specifically disclaims any obligation to, update any forward-looking statements.
The following discussion and analysis is intended as a review of significant events and factors affecting the financial condition and
results of operations of FBFS for the periods indicated. The discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements
and the Notes thereto and the Selected Consolidated Financial Data presented in this Form 10-K.
Overview
Our principal business is conducted by FBB and FBB – Milwaukee and certain subsidiaries of FBB and consists of a full range of
commercial banking products and services tailored to meet the financial service needs of small- and medium-size businesses, business owners,
executives, professionals, and high net worth individuals. Products include commercial lending, asset-based lending, equipment financing,
factoring, trust and investment services, treasury management services and a broad range of deposit products. Our operating philosophy is
focused on local decision making and local client service from each of our primary banking locations in Madison, Brookfield and Appleton,
Wisconsin combined with the efficiency of centralized administrative functions such as support for information technology, loan support and
deposit support, finance and accounting and human resources. We believe we have a unique niche business banking model and we consistently
operate within this niche. This allows us to provide a great deal of expertise in offering financial solutions to our clients with an experienced staff
who serve our clients on an ongoing basis.
Our profitability depends on our ability to execute our strategic plan. Our 2012 strategic plan emphasized improving the overall credit
quality of our loan and lease portfolio, generating organic growth in our loan and lease portfolios, increasing our market share of in-market core
deposits and increasing fee income. We have achieved success on all points of this strategic plan by posting record core earnings, experiencing
substantial growth across each of our primary fee income sources and improving asset quality, while increasing the size of our overall loan and
lease portfolio. We expect to continue our focus on improving our asset quality throughout 2013. We are also planning to grow our loan and
lease portfolio more significantly than we have in the past few years. We believe that we can achieve meaningful growth as the economy
continues to show signs of gradual improvement and as a result of the significant disruption in our competitors' businesses throughout our
Wisconsin market areas. This change is providing us an opportunity to add new business development officers, obtain new commercial lending
relationships, and expand banking relationships with our existing clients to continue to increase our in-market deposits and our fee income. We
continue to believe there is significant opportunity for this type of organic growth in our commercial business lines, particularly within our
Milwaukee and Northeast Wisconsin markets.
30
Table of Contents
Operational highlights
• The successful public offering of $29.1 million in common equity closed in December 2012 at $23.00 per share, nearly 40% higher than
2011's closing stock price of $16.50 per share.
• Net income for the full year ended December 31, 2012 was a record $8.9 million , 5.9% higher than the previous record of $8.4 million
earned for the full year ended December 31, 2011 . Net income for the full year 2011 had also included a substantial one-time tax
benefit relating to a change in Wisconsin tax law.
• Diluted earnings per common share were $3.29 for the full year 2012 compared to $3.23 earned in the prior year. Diluted earnings per
share for the full year 2011 had also included a substantial one-time tax benefit relating to a change in Wisconsin tax law.
• Return on average assets and return on average equity for the full year ended December 31, 2012 were 0.75% and 12.65% respectively,
compared to 0.75% and 14.03% in 2011 . Returns for the full year 2011 benefited from the substantial one-time tax benefit relating to a
change in Wisconsin tax law.
• Top line revenue, which consists of net interest income and non-interest income, of $46.6 million for the full year 2012 grew 9.5%
compared to $42.5 million for the full year 2011 .
• Core earnings, defined as pre-tax income excluding the effects of provision for loan and lease losses, other identifiable costs of credit
and other discrete items unrelated to the Company's core business activities, grew 11.8% to record core earnings of $18.5 million for the
full year of 2012 as compared to $16.5 million for the full year of 2011 .
• Net interest margin was 3.36% for the full year of 2012 , improving seven basis points compared to the full year of 2011 .
• Our total assets increased to $1.226 billion as of December 31, 2012 , a 4.16% an increase , from $1.177 billion at December 31, 2011 .
• Net loans and leases at December 31, 2012 increased $59.9 million , or 7.2% , to $896.6 million from $836.7 million as of
December 31, 2011 .
• Non-performing assets of $15.7 million at December 31, 2012 decreased by $8.3 million , or 35% , from December 31, 2011 . Non-
performing assets now measure 1.28% of total assets, compared to 2.04% at December 31, 2011 .
• Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans was 0.35% for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 0.74% for the year
ended December 31, 2011 .
• Average in-market deposits of $649.0 million for the full year 2012 grew 25.0% , increasing to 61.8% of total deposits, compared to
$519.3 million , or 51.6% of total deposits, for the full year of 2011 .
Results of Operations
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011
Top Line Revenue . Top line revenue is comprised of net interest income and non-interest income. This measurement is also
commonly referred to as operating revenue. In 2012 , top line revenue grew by approximately 9.5% from the prior year. The components of top
line revenue were as follows:
Net interest income
Non-interest income
Total top line revenue
For the Year Ended December 31,
2012
2011
Change
$
$
37,881 $
8,699
46,580 $
(Dollars In Thousands)
35,461
7,060
42,521
6.8 %
23.2
9.5
Core Earnings. Core earnings is comprised of our pre-tax income plus provision for loan and leases losses, other identifiable costs of
credit and other discrete items that are unrelated to our core business activities. In our judgment, the presentation of core earnings allows our
management team, investors and analysts to better assess the growth of our core business by removing the volatility that is associated with costs
of credit and other discrete items that are unrelated to our core business and facilitates a more streamlined comparison of core growth to our
benchmark peers. Core earnings is a non-GAAP financial measure that does not represent and should not be considered as an alternative to net
income derived in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP").
31
Table of Contents
Our core earnings metric has improved by 11.8% when comparing the year ended December 31, 2012 to the year ended December 31, 2011 .
Net income before taxes
Add back:
Provision for loan and lease losses
Net loss on foreclosed properties
Gain on sale of securities
Core earnings
For the Year Ended December 31,
2012
2011
Change
$
$
13,676 $
(Dollars in Thousands)
11,874
4,243
585
—
18,504 $
4,250
420
—
16,544
15.2 %
(0.2 )
39.3
—
11.8
Return on Average Assets and Return on Average Equity. Return on average assets remained flat for the year ended December 31,
2012 at 0.75% when compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 . Despite earnings growth, we experienced 4.78% growth in average assets
which, along with the 2011 substantial one-time tax benefit, caused our return on average assets to remain flat. We are pleased with the asset
growth in 2012 given current economic conditions.
Return on average equity for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 12.65% compared to 14.03% for the year ended December 31,
2011 . Although net income improved year over year, return on average equity decreased in 2012 primarily as a result of the effects of the
common stock offering that occurred in December 2012. We successfully raised approximately $29.1 million through the issuance of 1,265,000
shares of common stock at a price of $23.00 per share. The net proceeds of the offering, approximately $27.1 million, were immediately used to
repay a portion of subordinated debt. We view return on equity as an important measurement for monitoring profitability, and continue to focus
on improving our return to our shareholders by enhancing the overall profitability of our client relationships, controlling our expenses and
minimizing our costs of credit.
Net Interest Income. Net interest income is dependent on the amounts of and yields on interest-earning assets as compared to the
amounts of and rates on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is sensitive to changes in market rates of interest and the asset/liability
management strategies used by management in responding to such changes.
32
Table of Contents
The table below provides information with respect to (1) the change in interest income attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate
multiplied by prior volume), (2) the change in interest income attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate) and
(3) the change in rate/volume (changes in rate multiplied by changes in volume) for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year
ended December 31, 2011 and for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010 .
Rate/Volume Analysis
Interest-Earning Assets
Commercial real estate and other
mortgage loans
Commercial and industrial loans
Direct financing leases
Other loans
Total loans and leases receivable
Mortgage-related securities
Investment securities
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
Short-term investments
Total net change in income on
interest-earning assets
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
Interest-bearing transaction accounts
Money market
Certificates of deposit
Brokered certificates of deposit
Total deposits
FHLB advances
Other borrowings
Junior subordinated notes
Total net change in expense on
interest-bearing liabilities
Increase (Decrease) for the Year Ended December 31,
2012 compared to 2011
Rate
Volume
Rate/
Volume
(In Thousands)
2011 compared to 2010
Net
Rate
Volume
Rate/
Volume
Net
$
(165 ) $ (1,367 ) $
(935 )
(89 )
(23 )
(1,212 )
(1,140 )
(4 )
4
26
2,003
(67 )
(68 )
501
210
418
(1 )
63
7 $ (1,525 ) $
(111 )
5
3
(96 )
(58 )
(175 )
(1 )
14
957
(151 )
(88 )
(807 )
(988 )
239
2
103
(876 ) $
639
(53 )
101
(189 )
(974 )
2
2
(1 )
593 $
(117 )
(410 )
57
123
787
—
—
(3 )
(15 ) $
(4 )
15
10
6
(170 )
8
—
—
(298 )
518
(448 )
168
(60 )
(357 )
10
2
(4 )
(2,326 )
1,191
(316 )
(1,451 )
(1,160 )
907
(156 )
(409 )
—
(672 )
(165 )
(2,108 )
(2,945 )
(28 )
366
3
24
935
29
(2,289 )
(1,301 )
80
(126 )
—
(2,604 )
(1,347 )
—
(211 )
(4 )
372
157
(58 )
(19 )
—
24
52
(140 )
(4,025 )
(4,089 )
(6 )
221
3
(54 )
(250 )
(553 )
(3,149 )
(4,006 )
136
167
—
(172 )
457
(92 )
195
388
(610 )
138
—
36
(41 )
30
(39 )
(14 )
(129 )
11
—
(190 )
166
(615 )
(2,993 )
(3,632 )
(603 )
316
—
80
(3,871 )
(396 ) $ 2,420 $ 2,543
(3,703 )
$
(84 )
991
$
(3,919 )
(132 )
(24 ) $ 3,510
Net change in net interest income $
278 $ 2,538 $
The table on the next page shows our average balances, interest, average rates, net interest margin and the spread between combined
average rates earned on our interest-earning assets and cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the periods indicated. The average balances are
derived from average daily balances.
33
Table of Contents
Interest-Earning Assets
Commercial real estate and
other mortgage loans (1)
Commercial and industrial
loans (1)
Direct financing leases (1)
Other loans (1)
Total loans and leases
receivable (1)
Mortgage-related securities (2)
Investment securities (3)
Federal Home Loan Bank
stock
Short-term investments
Total interest-earning assets
Non-interest-earning assets
Total assets
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
Interest-bearing transaction
accounts
Money market
Certificates of deposit
Brokered certificates of deposit
Total interest-bearing deposits
Federal Home Loan Bank
advances
Other borrowings
Junior subordinated notes
Total interest-bearing liabilities
Demand deposits
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
Total liabilities
Stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and
stockholders’ equity
Net interest income
Net interest spread
$
$
For the Year Ended December 31,
2012
2011
2010
Average
balance
Interest
Average
yield/
cost
Average
balance
Interest
Average
yield/
cost
Average
balance
Interest
Average
yield/
cost
(Dollars In Thousands)
$
583,594
$ 31,667
5.43 % $
608,665
$
33,192
5.45 % $
598,068
$
33,490
245,706
15,873
16,899
862,072
171,043
17,532
1,537
74,493
1,126,677
56,313
1,182,990
34,180
395,259
82,430
400,695
912,564
2,034
39,384
10,315
964,297
137,117
11,019
1,112,433
70,557
17,916
888
654
51,125
3,168
249
4
220
54,766
94
3,023
968
8,941
13,026
32
2,712
1,115
16,885
7.29 %
5.59 %
3.87 %
5.93 %
1.85 %
1.42 %
219,754
16,974
18,591
863,984
162,817
410
0.28 %
0.30 %
4.86 %
2,367
48,395
1,077,973
51,078
$ 1,129,051
0.28 % $
0.76 %
1.17 %
2.23 %
1.43 %
1.59 %
6.89 %
10.81 %
1.75 %
25,389
300,652
80,323
486,594
892,958
656
41,488
10,315
945,417
112,899
10,674
1,068,990
60,061
16,959
1,039
742
51,932
4,156
10
2
117
56,217
70
2,971
1,108
12,966
17,115
38
2,491
1,112
20,756
7.72 %
6.12 %
3.99 %
6.01 %
2.55 %
2.36 %
0.10 %
0.24 %
5.22 %
$
0.28 % $
0.99 %
1.38 %
2.66 %
1.92 %
5.83 %
6.00 %
10.78 %
2.20 %
221,323
23,429
16,914
859,734
138,637
—
2,367
49,878
1,050,616
48,813
1,099,429
74,784
258,569
84,828
480,709
898,890
13,414
39,010
10,315
961,629
68,430
13,153
1,043,212
56,217
16,441
1,487
574
51,992
4,513
—
—
121
56,626
260
2,805
1,723
15,959
20,747
641
2,175
1,112
24,675
5.60 %
7.43 %
6.35 %
3.39 %
6.05 %
3.26 %
—%
—%
0.24 %
5.39 %
0.35 %
1.08 %
2.03 %
3.32 %
2.31 %
4.78 %
5.58 %
10.78 %
2.57 %
2.82 %
3.04 %
$
1,182,990
$ 1,129,051
$
1,099,429
$ 37,881
$
35,461
$
31,951
Net interest-earning assets
$
162,380
Net interest margin
Average interest-earning assets
to average interest-bearing
liabilities
Return on average assets
Return on average equity
Average equity to average
assets
Non-interest expense to
average assets
116.84 %
0.75 %
12.65 %
5.96 %
2.42 %
3.11 %
$
3.36 %
132,556
3.02 %
3.29 %
88,987
114.02 %
0.75 %
14.03 %
5.32 %
2.34 %
109.25 %
0.09 %
1.67 %
5.11 %
2.58 %
(1) The average balances of loans and leases include non-performing loans and leases. Interest income related to non-performing loans and leases is recognized when collected.
(2) Includes amortized cost basis of assets held and available for sale.
(3) Yields on tax-exempt municipal obligations are not presented on a tax-equivalent basis in this table.
34
Table of Contents
Net interest income increased by $2.4 million , or 6.82% , during the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in
2011 . Our success in growing in-market deposits and rebalancing our deposit portfolio in 2012 drove a reduction in the overall cost of funds
which offset the effects of declines in the weighted average yield of the securities portfolio and our loan and lease portfolio.
The yield on average earning assets for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 4.86% compared to 5.22% for the year ended
December 31, 2011 . The yield on average earning assets was negatively affected by the declining interest rates associated with our investment
portfolio. We have invested in collateralized mortgage obligations with structured cash flow payments. The cash flows generated from these
expected prepayments are reinvested in additional collateralized mortgage obligations or tax-exempt municipal obligations. Given the continued
low interest rate environment, the overall coupon on new security purchases has typically been lower than the rates on securities that experience
prepayments. This has caused the mortgage related securities investment yield to decline by approximately 70 basis points. The total loans and
leases receivable yield was 5.93% for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 6.01% for the year ended December 31, 2011 . Lower
average yields on commercial and industrial loans in 2012 reflected new originations booked at lower yields than exiting relationships.
The overall weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities was 1.75% for the year ended December 31, 2012 , a decrease of
45 basis points from 2.20% for the year ended December 31, 2011 . The decline in interest expense is primarily due to lower deposit funding
costs caused by the continued success of the Company's initiative to attract in-market deposits through new business relationships and increase
client deposit balances. In-market client deposits - comprised of all transaction accounts, money market accounts, and non-brokered certificates
of deposit - grew 18.7% to $717.9 million at December 31, 2012 from $604.6 million at December 31, 2011 . Correspondingly, the Company
also continued to reduce its overall reliance on higher-cost brokered certificates of deposit by $72.3 million , or 16.2% , lowering balances to
$374.4 million at December 31, 2012 . The decline in interest expense is also partially influenced by the reduction of interest expense on other
borrowings due to the substantial pay-down of subordinated debt from the common stock offering proceeds in December 2012. Subordinated
debt was reduced from $39.0 million at December 31, 2011 to $11.9 million at December 31, 2012 . This paydown will further reduce our
funding costs in 2013.
Net interest margin increased seven basis points to 3.36% for the year ended December 31, 2012 from 3.29% for the year ended
December 31, 2011 . The improvement in net interest margin correlates with a nine basis point increase in the net interest rate spread coupled
with an increase in the value of the net free funds. Average non-interest-bearing demand deposits increased $24.2 million to $137.1 million for
the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $112.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 .
Provision for Loan and Lease Losses. The provision for loan and lease losses totaled $4.2 million and $4.3 million for the years ended
December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively. Our provision for loan and lease losses is dependent on credit quality and determined based upon
the inherent credit risk and other subjective factors pursuant to our allowance for loan and lease loss methodology, the magnitude of net charge-
offs recorded in the period and the amount of reserves established for impaired loans that present collateral shortfall positions. To establish the
appropriate level of the allowance for loan and lease losses, we regularly review our historical charge-off migration analysis and an analysis of
the current level and trend of several factors that we believe may indicate losses in the four primary segments of our loan and lease portfolio.
These factors include delinquencies, volume, average size, average risk rating, technical defaults, unemployment rates, geographic
concentrations, industry concentrations, loans and leases on internal monitoring reports, experience in the credit granting functions, changes in
underwriting standards, and level of non-performing assets and related fair value of underlying collateral.
35
Table of Contents
During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 , the factors influencing the provision for loan and lease losses were the
following:
Changes in the provision for loan and lease losses associated with:
Establishment/modification of specific reserves on impaired loans, net
Subjective factor changes
Charge-offs in excess of specific reserves
Recoveries
Change in inherent risk of the loan and lease portfolio
Total provision for loan and lease losses
For the Year Ended December 31,
2012
2011
(In Thousands)
$
$
1,901 $
—
2,206
(481 )
617
4,243 $
(365 )
62
5,025
(864 )
392
4,250
The establishment/modification of specific reserves on impaired loans represents new specific reserves established on impaired loans
where, although collateral shortfalls are present, we believe that we will be able to recover our principal and/or it represents the release of
previously established reserves that are no longer required. Charge-offs in excess of specific reserves represents an additional provision for loan
and lease losses required to maintain the allowance for loan and leases at a level deemed appropriate by management. This amount is net of the
release of any specific reserve that may have already been provided. Charge-offs in excess of specific reserves can occur in situations where (1)
a loan has previously been partially written down to its estimated fair value and continues to decline, (2) rapid deterioration of a credit requires
an immediate partial or full charge-off, or (3) the specific reserve was not adequate to cover the amount of the required charge-off. Change in the
inherent risk of the portfolio can be influenced by growth or migration in and out of an impaired loan classification where a specific evaluation
of a particular credit may be required rather than the application of a general reserve ratio.
Non-Interest Income. Non-interest income, consisting primarily of fees earned for trust and investment services, service charges on
deposits, loan fee income and income from bank-owned life insurance, increased by $1.6 million , or 23.2% , to $8.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2012 , from $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 .
Trust and investment services fee income increased by $395,000 , or 15.6% , to $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to
$2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 . Trust and investment services fee income is driven by the amount of assets under
management and administration and can be positively or negatively influenced by the timing and magnitude of volatility within the equity
markets.
At December 31, 2012 , our trust assets under management were $613.5 million , or 15.2% more than the trust assets under
management of $532.6 million at December 31, 2011 , while our assets under administration grew approximately 18.4% , to $170.7 million at
December 31, 2012 from $129.7 million at December 31, 2011 . The growth in the assets under management and administration is primarily due
to improved market values, establishing new relationships and the addition of business development staff. In 2013, we expect to continue to
increase our assets under management, but we also expect that assets under management and trust and investment services fee income will
continue to be affected by market volatility for the foreseeable future.
Service charges on deposits increased by approximately $316,000 , or 18.5% , to $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012
from $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 . The increase in service charges on deposits was directly related to continued success
in acquiring new commercial relationships with increased deposit transaction volume creating additional service charge income.
Loan fees increased by approximately $545,000 , or 36.8% , to $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $1.5 million
for the year ended December 31, 2011 . The Banks experienced improved pricing and volumes of letters of credit and other administrative loan
fees during the year. In addition, we completed a large loan syndication during the fourth quarter of 2012 that contributed to the increase in loan
fees.
Other non-interest income increased by $375,000 , or 86.0% , to $811,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $436,000 for the
year ended December 31, 2011 . The increase in other income is primarily due to an initial fair value recognition related to interest rate swaps.
36
Table of Contents
Non-Interest Expense. Non-interest expense increased by $2.3 million , or 8.6% , to $28.7 million for the year ended December 31,
2012 from $26.4 million for the comparable period of 2011 primarily due to increases in compensation related expenses, marketing expenses,
loss on foreclosed properties, and other expenses, partially offset by decreases in FDIC insurance costs and collateral liquidation costs.
Compensation expense increased by $2.1 million , or 14.2% , to $17.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $14.9
million for the year ended December 31, 2011 . The increase in compensation expense was primarily to support strategic investments in
additional talent. From December 2011 to December 2012 the Company expanded its team of Business Development Officers by nearly 30%, to
44. Further, compensation expense increased due to annual salary merit increases, increased accruals associated with non-equity incentive
compensation programs, and other ancillary benefits.
Marketing expense increased by $230,000 , or 23.1% , to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $1.0 million for the
year ended December 31, 2011 . The increase in marketing expense was a direct result of our efforts to further capitalize on market disruption in
Wisconsin, the promotion of additional specialty lending products and the addition of business development talent.
During the year ended December 31, 2012 , we recognized a net loss on foreclosed properties of $585,000 compared to a loss of
$420,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 . In general, we believe that real estate values of properties within our portfolio have stabilized.
However, we recorded impairment adjustments totaling $600,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily due to the decline in value on
one particular property we own due to negotiations with willing buyers. Slightly offsetting the valuation adjustments for foreclosed properties is
the recognition of gains totaling $15,000 on properties that we have sold to independent third parties. As of December 31, 2012 , we believe that
foreclosed properties are recorded at their estimated fair value, less estimated costs to sell. We are active in pursuing appropriate foreclosure
actions to further protect our interest in identified impaired loans. We continue to expect an elevated level of foreclosed properties owned by us
for the foreseeable future and the ultimate level of impairment adjustments or potential future losses on disposals of properties is uncertain.
Other non-interest expense increased by $493,000 , or 22.0% , to $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $2.2
million for the same time period of 2011 . Most notably the increase in other non-interest expense is due to real estate costs associated with the
process of exiting certain foreclosed properties which increased by approximately $269,000, or 84.1% for the year ended December 31, 2012.
FDIC insurance expense decreased by $754,000 , or 30.3% , to $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $2.5
million for the year ended December 31, 2011 . Effective April 1, 2011, the FDIC amended the Federal Deposit Insurance Act to, among other
changes, modify the definition of an institution’s deposit insurance assessment base from a deposit-based calculation to an average assets less
average tangible equity-based calculation and changing the assessment rate adjustments. Given that FDIC Insurance expense is based upon a
formula that incorporates a variety of risk elements including the overall risk profile of the institution, a change in any one of these risk elements
during the comparative reporting periods may cause the underlying assessment base rate to fluctuate and therefore influence the total expense
accrued.
Collateral liquidation costs decreased by $131,000 , or 16.7% , to $655,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $786,000 for
the year ended December 31, 2011 . Collateral liquidation costs are expenses incurred by us to facilitate resolution of impaired commercial
loans. The amount of collateral liquidation costs recorded in any particular period are influenced by the timing and level of effort required for
each individual loan. Our ability to recoup these costs from our clients is uncertain and therefore expensed as incurred through our consolidated
results of operations. To the extent we are successful in recouping these expenses from our clients, the recovery of expense is shown as a net
reduction to this line item.
Income Taxes. Income tax expense was $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $3.4 million , for the year
ended December 31, 2011 . The overall increase in tax expense is primarily due to the increased level of pre-tax income in comparison to the
prior year and the absence of significant discrete tax benefits, including a substantial one-time tax benefit, recorded in the year ended
December 31, 2011 . The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 34.7% compared to 29.0% for the year ended
December 31, 2011 . The impact of discrete items recorded during the year ended December 31, 2011 provided a net benefit of approximately
5.9%. Discrete items primarily consist of the release of valuation allowance and additional state expense recognized as a result of the completed
filings of our state income tax returns. In June 2011, FBB and FBCC entered into a confidential settlement with the Wisconsin Department of
Revenue. This settlement did not result in a liability materially different than that which had been previously accrued. In addition, on June 26,
2011, the State of Wisconsin 2011-2013 Budget Bill, Assembly Bill 40, was signed into law. The bill provided that, starting with the first tax
year beginning after December 31, 2011, and thereafter for the next 19 years, a combined group member that has pre-2009
37
Table of Contents
net business loss carryforwards can, after first using such net business loss carryforwards to offset its own income for the taxable year and after
using shared losses, use up to five percent of the pre-2009 net business loss carryforwards to offset the Wisconsin income of other group
members on a proportionate basis. The net business losses can be used to the extent the income is attributable to the group’s unitary business. If
loss carryforwards equal to the five-percent threshold cannot be fully used in any tax year, the remainder can be added to the portion that may
offset the Wisconsin income of all other combined group members in a subsequent year in the twenty-year period, until those carryforwards are
completely used or expired. We evaluated the potential utilization of the outstanding Wisconsin net operating losses under the provisions of this
new law and determined that it is more likely than not our net operating losses will be realized. As a result, in 2011 we released the valuation
allowance previously associated with these net operating losses.
Financial Condition
December 31, 2012
General. At December 31, 2012 our total assets were $1.226 billion , an increase of $48.9 million , or 4.16% , from $1.177 billion at
December 31, 2011 .
Short-term investments. Short-term investments decreased by $49.4 million to $64.0 million at December 31, 2012 from $113.4
million at December 31, 2011 . Our short-term investments primarily consist of interest-bearing deposits held at the Federal Reserve Bank
("FRB"), commercial paper and brokered certificates of deposits purchased from domestic financial institutions. The level of our short-term
investments is influenced by the timing of deposit gathering, scheduled maturities of brokered deposits, funding of loan and lease growth when
opportunities are presented, and the level of our available-for-sale securities portfolio. The overall decline in short-term investments was
primarily due to reducing excess liquidity by allowing maturing brokered certificates of deposit to run off, increasing the size of our available-
for-sale investment portfolio and supporting the growth in our loan and lease receivables portfolio. We value the safety and soundness provided
by the FRB and therefore we incorporate short-term investments in our on-balance sheet liquidity program. Please refer to Liquidity and Capital
Resources for further discussion.
Securities. Securities available-for-sale increased by $30.2 million to $200.6 million at December 31, 2012 from $170.4 million at
December 31, 2011 . During this time period, we reinvested cash flows received from our securities through purchases of additional securities.
Our available-for-sale investment portfolio primarily consists of collateralized mortgage obligations and agency obligations and is used to
provide a source of liquidity, including the ability to pledge securities for possible future cash advances, while contributing to the earnings
potential of the Banks. We purchase investment securities intended to protect our net interest margin while maintaining an acceptable risk
profile. In addition, we will purchase investments to utilize our cash position effectively within appropriate policy guidelines and estimates of
future cash demands. While collateralized mortgage obligations present prepayment risk and extension risk, we believe the overall credit risk
associated with these investments is minimal, as substantially all of the obligations we hold were guaranteed by the Government National
Mortgage Association ("GNMA"), a U.S. government agency. Of the total available-for-sale mortgage securities we held at December 31, 2012 ,
$151.6 million , or 75.6% , were guaranteed by GNMA. None of the securities within our portfolio are collateralized by sub-prime mortgages.
We do not hold any Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC") or Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA") preferred
stock. If general interest rates decline, the mortgage-related securities portfolio would be subject to prepayments caused by borrowers seeking
lower financing rates. Conversely, an increase in general interest rates could cause the mortgage-related securities portfolio to be subject to a
longer term to maturity caused by borrowers being less likely to prepay their loans. Such a rate increase could also cause the fair value of the
mortgage related securities portfolio to decline. We believe the estimated prepayment streams associated with this segment of the investment
portfolio also allow us to better match our short-term liabilities, however, given the economic environment and current elevated foreclosure
rates, prepayment activities have become less predictable.
The Banks’ investment policies allow for various types of investments, including tax-exempt municipal securities. The addition of tax-
exempt municipal securities provides for further opportunity to improve the overall yield on our investment portfolio. We evaluate the credit risk
of the municipal obligations prior to purchase and limit our exposure of obligations to general obligation issuances from municipalities primarily
in Wisconsin.
As we continue to evaluate the level of on-balance-sheet liquidity, we have added U.S. Government agency obligations, primarily those
obligations issued by FHLMC and FNMA to our investment portfolio. We have structured these purchases to have bullet maturities within two
to four years from the issue date. Certain of the securities contain either quarterly or one-time call features. The maturity structure of our
securities portfolio allows us to effectively manage the cash flows of these securities along with the collateralized mortgage obligations to be
able to meet loan demand in the near future without the need to immediately borrow funds from our various funding sources and proactively
adjust the portfolio if interest rates rise within the next two to four years. Our management deems these investments to be creditworthy and
believes that
38
Table of Contents
these investments exhibit appropriate market yields for the risks assumed. As additional appropriate investment securities are available in the
marketplace, we expect that additional investments will be purchased.
All of our securities are classified as available-for-sale and carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, reported as a
component of comprehensive income. We did not hold any securities designated as held-to-maturity or trading as of December 31, 2012 or
2011 . During the year ended December 31, 2012 , we recognized unrealized holding losses of $503,000 through other comprehensive income.
The majority of the securities we hold have active trading markets, and we are not currently experiencing difficulties in pricing our securities.
We use a third party pricing service as our primary source of market prices for our investment portfolio. On a quarterly basis, we validate the
reasonableness of prices received from this source through independent verification on a representative sample of the portfolio, data integrity
validation through comparison of current price to prior period prices, and overall analytical expectation of movement in prices based upon the
changes in the related yield curves and other market factors. On a periodic basis, we review the third party pricing vendor's pricing methodology
for pricing relevant securities and results of internal control assessments. Our portfolio is sensitive to fluctuations in the interest rate environment
and has limited sensitivity to credit risk due to the nature of the issuers of our securities as previously discussed. If interest rates decline and the
credit quality of the securities remains constant or improves, the market value of our debt securities portfolio would likely improve, thereby
increasing our total comprehensive income. If interest rates increase or the credit quality of the securities decline, the market value of our debt
securities portfolio would likely decline and therefore decrease our total comprehensive income. No securities within our portfolio were deemed
to be other-than-temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2012 . There were no sales of securities during the years ended December 31, 2012
and 2011 .
At December 31, 2012 , $23.1 million of our mortgage-related securities were pledged to secure our various obligations including
outstanding advances with the FHLB and interest rate swap contracts or to secure unused borrowing capacity with the FHLB.
The table below sets forth information regarding the amortized cost and fair values of our investments and mortgage-related securities
at the dates indicated.
2012
2011
2010
Amortized cost
Fair value
Amortized cost
Fair value
Amortized cost
Fair value
As of December 31,
(In Thousands)
Securities available-for-sale
U.S. Government agency obligations - government-
sponsored enterprises
$
Municipal obligations
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government issued
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government-
19,667 $
11,897
148,369
19,721 $
12,033
151,645
— $
— $
2,736
161,443
2,831
165,401
— $
—
149,948
—
—
152,776
sponsored enterprises
17,128
603
$ 197,061 $ 200,596 $ 166,348 $ 170,386 $ 150,539 $ 153,379
17,197
2,169
2,154
591
U.S. Government agency obligations - government-sponsored enterprises represent securities issued by the FHLMC and FNMA.
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government issued represent securities guaranteed by GNMA. Collateralized mortgage obligations -
government-sponsored enterprises include securities guaranteed by FHLMC and the FNMA. Municipal obligations include securities issued by
various municipalities located primarily within the State of Wisconsin and are tax-exempt general obligation bonds. As of December 31, 2012,
no issuer's securities exceeded 10% of our total stockholders' equity.
The following table sets forth the contractual maturity and weighted average yield characteristics of the fair value of our debt securities
at December 31, 2012 , classified by remaining contractual maturity. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers
have the right to call or prepay obligations without call or prepayment penalties. Yields on tax-exempt obligations have not been computed on
tax equivalent basis.
39
Table of Contents
Available-for-sale securities
Agency obligations
Municipal obligations
Collateralized mortgage obligations –
government issued
Collateralized mortgage obligations –
government sponsored enterprises
Less than One Year
One to Five Years
Five to Ten Years
Over Ten Years
Balance
Weighted
Average
Yield
Balance
Weighted
Average
Yield
Balance
Weighted
Average
Yield
Balance
Weighted
Average
Yield
Total
(Dollars In Thousands)
$
—
—
5
—
5
$
—% $ 14,184
—
—
5.14
—
—
—
0.91 % $
—
—
—
5,537
7,570
6,283
4,476
$ 14,184
$ 23,866
0.96 % $
2.14
—
4,463
—% $ 19,721
12,033
2.34
2.96
145,357
2.41
151,645
1.13
12,721
$ 162,541
0.99
17,197
$ 200,596
Derivative Activities. The Banks’ investment policies allow the Banks to participate in hedging strategies or use financial futures,
options or forward commitments or interest rate swaps with prior Board approval. The Banks utilize, from time to time, derivative instruments in
the course of their asset/liability management. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011 , the Banks did not hold any derivative instruments that were
designated as cash flow or fair value hedges. The derivative portfolio consists of interest rate swaps offered directly to qualified commercial
borrowers which allowed the Banks to provide a fixed rate alternative to their clients while mitigating interest rate risk by keeping a variable rate
loan in their portfolios. The Banks economically hedge client derivative transactions by entering into equal and offsetting interest rate swap
contracts executed with dealer counterparties. The economic hedge with the dealer counterparties allows the Banks to primarily offset the fixed
rate interest rate risk. Derivative transactions executed through this program are not designated as accounting hedge relationships and are
marked-to market through earnings each period.
As of December 31, 2012 , the aggregate amortizing notional value of interest rate swaps with various commercial borrowers was
approximately $64.9 million . We receive fixed rates and pay floating rates based upon LIBOR on the swaps with commercial borrowers. These
swaps mature between February 2013 and February 2023 . At December 31, 2012 , the fair value of the swaps with commercial borrowers was
approximately $3.1 million and was included in accrued interest receivable and other assets. On the offsetting swap contracts with dealer
counterparties, we pay fixed rates and receive floating rates based upon LIBOR. These interest rate swaps also mature between February 2013
and February 2023 . Dealer counterparty swaps were reported on our balance sheet as a net derivative liability of $3.1 million due to master
netting and settlement contracts with dealer counterparties and is included in accrued interest payable and other liabilities as of December 31,
2012 .
Loans and Leases Receivable. Loans and leases receivable, net of allowance for loan and lease losses, increased by $59.9 million , or
7.2% , to $896.6 million at December 31, 2012 from $836.7 million at December 31, 2011 . We principally originate commercial and industrial
loans and commercial real estate loans. The overall mix of our portfolio remained consistent in 2012 when compared to 2011 with approximately
68.4% of our loan and lease portfolio concentrated in commercial real estate loans primarily in our owner-occupied and non-owner-occupied
classes. We successfully added new relationships to our portfolio and are beginning to see signs of increased demand for lending opportunities.
The economic environment continues to present challenges and the growth percentage of our loan and lease portfolio is below historical growth
levels. We have also experienced greater competition as banks operating in our primary geographic area attempt to deploy excess liquidity. We
remain committed to our underwriting standards and will not deviate from those standards for the sole purpose of growing our loan and lease
portfolio. Nonetheless, we expect our new loan and lease activity to be more than adequate to replace normal amortization and to continue to
grow in future quarters.
Commercial real estate lending typically involves larger loan principal amounts than that for residential mortgage loans or consumer
loans. The repayment of these loans generally is dependent on sufficient income from the properties securing the loans to cover operating
expenses and debt service. Payments on loans secured by commercial real estate are often dependent upon the successful operation and
management of the properties; therefore, repayment of these loans may be affected by factors outside the borrower’s control, including adverse
conditions in the real estate market or the economy. In the event that the cash flow from the property is reduced, the borrower’s ability to repay
the loan could be impacted. The deterioration of one or more of these loans could cause a significant increase in our percentage of non-
performing loans. An increase in non-performing loans results in a loss of earnings from these loans and could result in an increase in the
provision for loan and lease loss and an increase in charge-offs, all of which could have a material adverse impact on our net income.
The allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of gross loans and leases was 1.69% as of December 31, 2012 and 1.66% as of
December 31, 2011 . Non-accrual loans and leases as a percentage of gross loans and leases decreased to 1.55% at December 31, 2012 compared
to 2.56% at December 31, 2011 . Non-performing loans decreased $7.6 million , or 35.1% , to $14.1 million at December 31, 2012 compared to
$21.8 million at December 31, 2011 . As we are experiencing improvements
40
Table of Contents
in asset quality trends, our allowance for loan and lease loss reserves are measured more through general characteristics of our portfolio rather
than through specific identification. As a result of this measurement and methodology, the allowance for loan and lease loss as a percentage of
total loans and leases has remained relatively stable as compared to December 31, 2011 . We continue to aggressively work through our problem
loans and leases and are experiencing success in certain exit strategies; however, we continue to identify new loans or leases where we believe
the borrowers do not have adequate liquidity to make their payments in accordance with the terms of the contractual arrangements, thus
requiring a consistent level of allowance for loan loss reserve.
During the year ended December 31, 2012 , we recorded net charge-offs on impaired loans and leases of approximately $3.0 million ,
comprised of $3.5 million of charge-offs and $481,000 of recoveries. During the year ended December 31, 2011 , we recorded net charge-offs on
impaired loans and leases of approximately $6.4 million , comprised of $7.2 million of charge-offs and $864,000 of recoveries. In 2012, the
charge-offs recorded were primarily due to losses incurred through liquidation of collateral on one commercial and industrial client and to a
lesser extent based upon a decline in real estate values in certain of our market areas. In 2011, the charge-offs recorded were primarily due to
declining real estate values supporting our loans where the collateral was no longer sufficient to cover the outstanding principal and the
borrowers did not have other means to repay the obligation. Based upon our internal methodology which actively monitors the asset quality and
inherent risks within the loan and loss portfolio, management concluded that a loan and lease loss reserve of $15.4 million , or 1.69% of total
loans and leases, was appropriate as of December 31, 2012 . Refer to the Asset Quality section for more information.
Credit underwriting through a committee process is a key component of our operating philosophy. Business development officers have
relatively low individual lending authority limits, and thus a significant portion of our new credit extensions require approval from a loan
approval committee regardless of the type of loan or lease, amount of the credit, or the related complexities of each proposal. In addition, we
make every effort to ensure that there is appropriate collateral at the time of origination to protect our interest in the related loan or lease. To
monitor the ongoing credit quality of our loans and leases each credit is evaluated for proper risk rating using a nine grade risk rating system at
the the time of origination, subsequent renewal, evaluation of updated financial information from our borrowers, or as other circumstances
dictate.
41
Table of Contents
Loan Portfolio Composition. The following table presents information concerning the composition of the Banks’ consolidated loans
and leases held for investment at the dates indicated.
2012
2011
2010
2009
2008
(Dollars in Thousands)
As of December 31,
$ 144,988
15.9 % $
150,528
17.7 % $
152,560
17.4 % $
168,215
19.7 % $
158,107
18.5 %
323,660
35.5
304,597
35.8
307,307
35.0
273,591
32.0
231,987
27.2
64,966
58,454
31,943
624,011
256,458
15,926
4,642
11,671
16,313
7.1
6.4
3.5
68.4
28.1
1.7
0.5
1.3
1.8
38,124
43,905
43,513
580,667
237,099
17,128
4,970
11,682
16,652
4.5
5.2
5.1
68.2
27.8
2.0
0.6
1.4
2.0
61,645
43,012
53,849
618,373
225,921
19,288
5,091
9,315
14,406
7.0
4.9
6.1
70.4
25.7
2.2
0.6
1.1
1.6
64,194
43,959
56,131
606,090
199,661
27,607
7,879
13,260
21,139
7.5
5.1
6.6
70.9
23.4
3.2
0.9
1.6
2.5
84,778
42,514
51,542
568,928
232,350
29,722
7,386
14,445
21,831
9.9
5.0
6.0
66.7
27.2
3.5
0.9
1.7
2.6
912,708
100.0 %
851,546
100.0 %
877,988
100.0 %
854,497
100.0 %
852,831
100.0 %
Commercial real estate
loans
Commercial real estate —
owner occupied
Commercial real estate —
non-owner occupied
Construction and land
development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Total commercial real
estate loans
Commercial and industrial
loans
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other
Home equity loans and
second mortgage loans
Other
Total consumer and other
Total gross loans and lease
receivables
Less:
Allowance for loan and
lease losses
Deferred loan fees
Loans and lease
receivables, net
15,400
748
14,155
704
16,271
782
14,124
566
11,846
439
$ 896,560
$
836,687
$
860,935
$
839,807
$
840,546
The following table shows the scheduled contractual maturities of the Banks’ consolidated gross loans and leases held for investment,
as well as the dollar amount of such loans and leases which are scheduled to mature after one year which have fixed or adjustable interest rates,
as of December 31, 2012 .
Commercial real estate
Owner-occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial and industrial
Direct Financing Leases
Other
Amounts Due
In One Year
or Less
After One
Year through
Five Years
After Five
Years
Interest terms on amounts due
after one year
Total
Fixed Rate
Variable Rate
(In Thousands)
$
$
29,277 $
85,725
29,291
18,264
12,266
85,642
2,283
5,867
268,615 $
83,758 $
170,730
25,872
32,369
15,773
151,836
11,490
9,744
501,572 $
31,954 $
67,205
9,803
7,821
3,904
18,980
2,153
701
142,521 $
144,989 $
323,660
64,966
58,454
31,943
256,458
15,926
16,312
912,708 $
78,364 $
187,060
11,823
28,122
17,715
67,196
13,643
9,495
413,418 $
37,348
50,875
23,852
12,068
1,962
103,620
—
950
230,675
42
Table of Contents
Commercial Real Estate Loans. The Banks originate owner-occupied and non-owner-occupied commercial real estate loans which
have fixed or adjustable rates and generally terms of up to five years and amortizations of up to twenty-five years on existing commercial real
estate and new construction. The Banks also originate loans to construct commercial properties and complete land development projects.
The Banks’ construction loans generally have terms of six to 24 months with fixed or adjustable interest rates and fees that are due at
the time of origination. Loan proceeds are disbursed in increments as construction progresses and as project inspections warrant. Multi-family
loans are primarily secured by apartment buildings and are mostly located in Dane and Waukesha counties. One-to-four family first mortgage
loans are generally secured by properties held for investment and primary and secondary residences of our clients.
Because payments on commercial real estate loans are often dependent on the successful operation or development of the property or
business involved, repayment of such loans is often more sensitive than other types of loans to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the
general economy, which are outside the borrower's control. In the event that the cash flow from the property is reduced, the borrower's ability to
repay the loan could be negatively impacted. The deterioration of one or a few of these loans could cause a material increase in our level of
nonperforming loans, which would result in a loss of revenue from these loans and could result in an increase in the provision for loan and lease
losses and an increase in charge-offs, all of which could have a material adverse impact on our net income. Additionally, many of these loans
have real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral. The market value of real estate can fluctuate significantly in a short period of
time as a result of economic conditions. Adverse developments affecting real estate values in one or more of our markets could impact collateral
coverage associated with the commercial real estate segment of our portfolio, possibly leading to increased specific reserves or charge-offs,
which would adversely affect profitability.
Commercial and Industrial Loans. The Banks’ commercial and industrial loan portfolio is comprised of loans for a variety of
purposes which principally are secured by inventory, accounts receivable, equipment, machinery and other corporate assets and are advanced
within limits prescribed by our loan policy. The majority of such loans are secured and typically backed by personal guarantees of the owners of
the borrowing business.
Of the $256.5 million of commercial and industrial loans, including asset based loans, outstanding as of December 31, 2012 , $101.1 million
were originated by FBCC, our asset-based lending subsidiary. These asset-based loans are typically secured by the borrower’s accounts
receivable and inventory. Therefore, these loans generally have higher interest rates, non-origination fees collected in lieu of interest and are
accompanied by close monitoring of assets. Asset-based loans secured by owner-occupied real estate amounted to $15.4 million as of
December 31, 2012 and are included in the owner-occupied commercial real estate loan portfolio.
Our commercial loans are typically larger in amount than loans to individual consumers and, therefore, have the potential for larger
losses on an individual loan basis. Additionally, asset-based borrowers are usually highly leveraged and/or have inconsistent historical earnings.
Significant adverse changes in various industries could cause rapid declines in values and collectability associated with those business assets
resulting in inadequate collateral coverage that may expose us to future losses. An increase in specific reserves and charge-offs may have a
material adverse impact on our results of operations.
Leases. Leases initiated through FBEF are originated with a fixed rate and typically a term of seven years or less. It is customary in the
leasing industry to provide 100% financing, however, FBEF will, from time-to-time, require a down payment or lease deposit to provide a credit
enhancement. All equipment leases must have an additional insured endorsement and a loss payable clause in the interest of FBEF and must
carry sufficient physical damage and liability insurance.
FBEF leases machinery and equipment to clients under leases which qualify as direct financing leases for financial reporting and as
operating leases for income tax purposes. Under the direct financing method of accounting, the minimum lease payments to be received under
the lease contract, together with the estimated unguaranteed residual value (approximating 3 to 20% of the cost of the related equipment), are
recorded as lease receivables when the lease is signed and the lease property is delivered to the client. The excess of the minimum lease
payments and residual values over the cost of the equipment is recorded as unearned lease income. Unearned lease income is recognized over the
term of the lease on a basis which results in a level rate of return on the unrecovered lease investment. Lease payments are recorded when due
under the lease contract. Residual value is the estimated fair market value of the equipment on lease at lease termination. In estimating the
equipment’s fair value, FBEF relies on historical experience by equipment type and manufacturer, published sources of used equipment pricing,
internal evaluations and, when available, valuations by independent appraisers, adjusted for known trends.
Our commercial leases are typically larger in amount than leases to individual consumers and, therefore, have the potential for larger
losses on an individual basis. Significant adverse changes in various industries could cause rapid declines in values of leased equipment resulting
in inadequate collateral coverage that may expose us to future losses. An increase in specific reserves and charge-offs may have a material
adverse impact on our results of operations.
43
Table of Contents
Consumer and Other Loans. The Banks originate a small amount of consumer loans consisting of home equity, second mortgage,
credit card and other personal loans for professional and executive clients of the Banks.
Non-performing Assets. Our non-accrual loans and other non-performing assets consisted of the following as of the dates indicated.
As of December 31,
2012
2011
2010
2009
2008
(Dollars In Thousands)
Non-accrual loans and leases
Commercial real estate:
Commercial real estate – owner occupied
Commercial real estate – non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Total non-accrual commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Other:
Home equity and second mortgage
Other
Total non-accrual other loans
Total non-accrual loans and leases
Foreclosed properties, net
Total non-performing assets
Performing troubled debt restructurings
Total non-accrual loans and leases to gross loans and leases
Total non-performing assets to total assets
Allowance for loan and lease losses to gross loans and leases
Allowance for loan and lease losses to non-accrual loans and leases
$
$
769
2,871
4,946
46
1,006
9,638
2,842
—
$
2,972
2,249
7,229
2,009
3,506
17,965
1,558
18
$
6,283
5,144
9,275
4,186
4,237
29,125
6,436
—
$
7,996
486
3,317
1,760
3,015
16,574
7,086
1
612
1,030
1,642
14,122
1,574
$ 15,696
1,105
$
1.55 %
1.28 %
1.69 %
109.05 %
1,002
1,223
2,225
21,766
2,236
$ 24,002
111
$
2.56 %
2.04 %
1.66 %
65.03 %
939
1,906
2,845
38,406
1,750
$ 40,156
718
$
4.37 %
3.63 %
1.85 %
42.37 %
872
3,292
4,164
27,825
1,671
$ 29,496
—
$
3.26 %
2.64 %
1.65 %
50.76 %
$
$
—
2,979
5,279
—
2,082
10,340
5,412
24
379
130
509
16,285
3,011
19,296
—
1.91 %
1.91 %
1.39 %
72.74 %
As of December 31, 2012 and 2011 , $8.8 million and $13.3 million of the non-accrual loans are considered troubled debt
restructurings, respectively. As noted in the above table, non-performing assets consisted of non-accrual loans and leases and foreclosed
properties totaling $15.7 million , or 1.28% of total assets, as of December 31, 2012 , a decrease in non-performing assets of 34.6% , or $8.3
million , from December 31, 2011 . We experienced a reduction in our non-accrual portfolio, which was the result of borrowers obtaining
alternative sources of funds, borrower initiated sales of underlying collateral, continued payment collections that have been applied directly to
principal, and recognition of further charge-offs given valuations of underlying collateral for collateral dependent loans.
A summary of our current period non-accrual loan and lease activity is as follows:
(In Thousands)
Non-accrual loans and leases as of December 31, 2011
Loans and leases transferred into non-accrual status
Non-accrual loans and leases returned to accrual status
Non-accrual loans and leases transferred to foreclosed properties
Non-accrual loans and leases partially or fully charged-off
Cash received and applied to principal of non-accrual loans and leases
Non-accrual loans and leases as of December 31, 2012
$
$
21,766
9,944
(1,617 )
(1,511 )
(3,403 )
(11,057 )
14,122
We use a wide variety of available metrics to assess the overall asset quality of the portfolio and no one metric is used independently to
make a final conclusion as to the asset quality of the portfolio. As of December 31, 2012 , non-performing
44
Table of Contents
assets as a percentage of total assets declined to 1.28% from 2.04% at December 31, 2011 . The exit strategies undertaken, including but not
limited to foreclosure actions, charge-offs, and pay-offs, have outpaced the identification of new impaired loans and therefore we experienced a
net reduction in our non-accrual loans and leases. As foreclosure is a viable exit strategy for us to pursue, we are seeing an overall reduction in
our ratio of non-performing assets to total loans and leases and foreclosed properties. Total non-performing assets to total loans and leases and
foreclosed properties as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 were 1.72% and 2.81% , respectively. We believe this ratio provides
insight as to our success in working problem assets through the entire process and eliminating further losses.
We also monitor early stage delinquencies to provide insight into potential future problems. As of December 31, 2012 , the payment
performance did not point to any new areas of concern, as approximately 99.3% of the loan and lease portfolio was in a current payment status.
This metric can change rapidly however, if factors unknown to us change. We also monitor our asset quality through our established categories
as defined in Note 4 of our Consolidated Financial Statements. We are seeing a larger portion of our portfolio classified in the categories that
would be considered to have adequate credit quality. Although we continue to see signs of asset quality improvement, we will continue to and
will always actively monitor the credit quality of our loan and lease portfolio. Through this monitoring effort, we may identify additional loans
and leases for which the borrowers or lessees are having difficulties making the required principal and interest payments based upon factors
including, but not limited to, the inability to sell land, inadequate cash flow from the operations of the underlying businesses, liquidation events,
or bankruptcy filings. Therefore, we expect to continue to experience new additions to non-accrual loans and leases. We believe current
economic conditions will remain largely the same for the near term. As a result, we expect that we will continue to experience historically
elevated levels of impaired loans and leases. We are proactively working with our impaired loan borrowers to find meaningful solutions to
difficult situations that are in the best interests of the Banks. As we continue to have these discussions, we expect we will continue to see further
reductions in our overall non-accrual portfolio as our clients' financial performance returns to profitable levels, collateral is liquidated to provide
sufficient reductions in outstanding principal, or clients establish banking relationships with other non-related institutions.
In 2012 , as well as in the previous four fiscal years, there were no loans over 90 days past due and still accruing interest. Loans and
leases greater than 90 days past due are considered impaired and are placed on non-accrual status. Cash received while a loan or a lease is on
non-accrual status is generally applied against the outstanding principal.
Impaired loans and leases exhibit weaknesses that inhibit repayment in compliance with the original terms of the note or lease.
However, the measurement of impairment on loans and leases may not always result in a specific reserve included in the allowance for loan and
lease losses. As part of the underwriting process, as well as our ongoing monitoring efforts, we try to ensure that we have appropriate collateral
to protect our interest in the related loan or lease. As a result of this practice, a significant portion of our outstanding balance of non-performing
loans or leases either does not require additional specific reserves or requires only a minimal amount of required specific reserve, as we believe
the loans and leases are adequately collateralized as of the measurement period. In addition, management is proactive in recording charge-offs to
bring loans to their net realizable value in situations where it is determined with certainty that we will not recover the entire amount of our
principal. This practice may lead to a lower allowance for loan and lease loss to non-accrual loans and leases ratio as compared to our peers or
industry expectations. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011 , our allowance for loan and lease losses to total non-accrual loans and leases was
109.05% and 65.03% , respectively. As we begin to see improvements in asset quality, resulting in measurement of our loan and lease loss more
through general characteristics of our portfolio rather than through specific identification, we will see this ratio continue to rise. Conversely, if
we identify further impaired loans, this ratio could fall if the impaired loan is adequately collateralized and therefore no specific or general
reserve need be provided. Given our business practices and evaluation of our existing loan and lease portfolio, we believe this coverage ratio is
appropriate for the probable losses inherent in our loan and lease portfolio as of December 31, 2012 .
45
Table of Contents
Additional information about impaired loans as of and for the years indicated was as follows:
Impaired loans and leases with no impairment reserves
Impaired loans and leases with impairment reserves required
Total impaired loans and leases
Less:
Impairment reserve (included in allowance for loan and lease
losses)
Net impaired loans and leases
Average impaired loans and leases
2012
2011
As of December 31,
2010
(In Thousands)
2009
2008
$
11,006 $
4,221
15,227
18,888 $
2,989
21,877
19,749 $
19,375
39,124
13,243 $
14,582
27,825
9,986
6,299
16,285
1,517
13,710 $
17,945 $
888
20,989 $
33,793 $
3,459
35,665 $
29,714 $
1,846
25,979 $
20,395 $
1,417
14,868
8,375
$
$
For the years ended December 31,
2012
2011
2010
2009
2008
(In Thousands)
Interest income attributable to impaired loans and leases
Less: Interest income recognized on impaired loans and leases
Net foregone interest income on impaired loans and leases
$
$
1,432 $
321
1,111 $
2,682 $
787
1,895 $
2,702 $
102
2,600 $
1,758 $
149
1,609 $
752
49
703
In addition to all non-accrual loans and leases, impaired loans and leases as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 also included $1.1 million
and $111,000 of loans that are performing troubled debt restructurings, and thus are not on non-accrual status, but are considered impaired, due
to the concession in terms. Loans with no specific reserves required represent impaired loans where the collateral, based upon current
information, is deemed to be sufficient or that have been partially charged-off to reflect our net realizable value of the loan. When analyzing the
adequacy of collateral, we obtain external appraisals. Our policy regarding appraisals requires the utilization of appraisers from our approved
list, the performance of independent internal reviews to monitor the quality of such appraisals and receipt of new appraisals for impaired loans at
least annually, or more frequently as circumstances warrant. We make adjustments to the appraisals for appropriate selling costs. In addition, the
ordering of appraisals and review of the appraisals are performed by individuals who are independent of the loan approval process. Based on the
specific evaluation of the collateral of each impaired loan, we believe the reserve for impaired loans was adequate at December 31, 2012 .
However, we cannot provide assurance that the facts and circumstances surrounding each individual impaired loan will not change and that the
specific reserve or current carrying value will not be different in the future which may require additional charge-offs or specific reserves to be
recorded.
Foreclosed properties are recorded at the lower of cost or net realizable value. If, at the time of foreclosure, the fair value less cost to
sell is lower than the carrying value of the loan, the difference, if any, is charged to the allowance for loan and lease losses prior to transfer to
foreclosed property. The fair value is based on appraisals, discounted cash flow analysis (the majority of which is based on current occupancy
and lease rates) or verifiable offers to purchase. After foreclosure, valuation allowances or future write-downs to net realizable value are charged
directly to non-interest expense. Foreclosed properties were $1.6 million , a decrease of 29.6% , at December 31, 2012 from $2.2 million at
December 31, 2011 . The decrease in foreclosed properties is primarily attributable to disposition of properties and further valuation allowances
taken to reflect the market values of the properties. We recorded impairment losses of $600,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 . Net
gains on sales of existing foreclosed property inventory were $15,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 . We continue to evaluate possible
exit strategies on our impaired loans when foreclosure action may be probable and we expect that our level of foreclosed assets may increase in
the future. Loans are transferred to foreclosed properties when we claim legal title to the properties.
46
Table of Contents
A summary of foreclosed properties activity for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:
Balance at the beginning of the period
Transfer of loans to foreclosed properties, at lower of cost or fair value
Payments to priority lien holders of foreclosed properties
Impairment adjustments
Net book value of properties sold
Balance at the end of the period
For the Year Ended December 31,
2012
2011
(In Thousands)
$
$
2,236 $
1,511
367
(600 )
(1,940 )
1,574 $
1,750
3,119
—
(621 )
(2,012 )
2,236
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses. To determine the level and composition of the allowance for loan and lease losses, we break
out the portfolio by segments and risk ratings. We first evaluate loans and leases for potential impairment classification. Once a loan or lease is
determined to be impaired we then analyze the impaired loans and leases on an individual basis to determine a specific reserve based upon the
estimated value of the underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans, or alternatively, the present value of expected cash flows. In order to
establish the level of the general portion of the allowance for loan and lease losses, we regularly review and update the calculations within our
existing allowance methodology by incorporating historical charge-off migration analysis and an analysis of the current level and trend of
several factors that we believe may indicate losses in the various segments of the loan and lease portfolio. These factors include delinquencies,
volume and average size loan relationships, average risk rating, technical defaults, geographic concentrations, loans and leases on management
attention watch lists, unemployment rates in our market areas, experience in the credit granting functions, changes in underwriting standards and
level of non-performing assets and related fair value of underlying collateral. The historical charge-off migration analysis utilizes the most recent
five years of net charge-offs and traces the migration of the risk rating from origination through charge-off. The historical percentage of the
amounts charged-off for each risk rating is averaged for the five-year period giving greater weight in the calculation to the recent years. We then
apply these percentages to the current loan and lease portfolio.
When it is determined that we will not receive our entire contractual principal or the loss is confirmed, we record a charge against the
allowance for loan and lease loss reserve to bring the loan or lease to its net realizable value. Due to the current economic conditions, estimated
proceeds from the sales of property securing collateral dependent loans have generally been deemed insufficient to repay the related debt,
confirming our inability to receive our entire contractual principal on certain commercial real estate loans. Many of the impaired loans are
collateral dependent. It is part of our routine process to obtain appraisals on all impaired loans at least annually, or more frequently as
circumstances warrant. As we have completed new appraisals and/or market evaluations, we have found that in general real estate values have
stabilized; however, in specific situations current fair values collateralizing certain impaired loans were inadequate to support the entire amount
of the outstanding debt. Foreclosure actions may have been initiated on certain of these commercial real estate and other mortgage loans.
We continue to proactively monitor our loan and lease portfolio for further deterioration and apply our prescribed allowance for loan
and lease loss reserve methodology. As a result of this review process, we have concluded that an appropriate allowance for loan and lease loss
reserve for the existing loan and lease portfolio was $15.4 million or 1.69% of gross loans and leases, at December 31, 2012 . Taking into
consideration net charge-offs of $3.0 million , the required provision for loan and lease losses was $4.2 million for the year ended December 31,
2012 . At December 31, 2011 , the allowance for loan and lease losses was $14.2 million , or 1.66% of gross loans and leases, reflecting net
charge-offs of $6.4 million and a provision for loan and lease losses of $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 .
Given complexities with legal actions on certain of our large commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans and current
economic conditions, we continue to evaluate the best information available to us to determine the amount of the loans that are uncollectable.
We believe the loans were recorded at the appropriate values at December 31, 2012 ; however, further charge-offs could be recorded if changes
in facts and circumstances in the future lead us to a different conclusion.
47
Table of Contents
A summary of the activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses follows:
2012
Year Ended December 31,
2010
2009
2011
2008
Allowance at beginning of period
Charge-offs:
Commercial real estate
Commercial real estate — owner occupied
Commercial real estate — non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial and industrial
Direct financing leases
Consumer and other
Home equity and second mortgage
Other
Total charge-offs
Recoveries:
Commercial real estate
Commercial real estate — owner occupied
Commercial real estate — non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial and industrial
Direct financing leases
Consumer and other
Home equity and second mortgage
Other
Total recoveries
Net charge-offs
Provision for loan and lease losses
Allowance at end of period
$ 14,155
$ 16,271
(Dollars In Thousands)
$ 14,124
$ 11,846
$
9,854
(113 )
—
(47 )
(130 )
(322 )
(2,739 )
—
(1,376 )
(1,612 )
(2,091 )
(312 )
(942 )
(475 )
—
(258 )
—
(2,110 )
(1,059 )
(596 )
(352 )
—
—
—
(2,681 )
(424 )
(542 )
(2,031 )
(231 )
(72 )
(56 )
(3,479 )
(113 )
(309 )
(7,230 )
(142 )
(693 )
(5,210 )
(157 )
(36 )
(6,102 )
5
192
101
—
77
66
—
—
—
13
289
—
473
19
—
—
23
—
16
265
8
—
—
—
—
—
147
—
—
—
(815 )
(102 )
(243 )
(1,202 )
—
(33 )
(1 )
(2,396 )
2
—
—
84
—
3
—
11
29
481
(2,998 )
4,243
$ 15,400
68
2
864
(6,366 )
4,250
$ 14,155
1
—
313
(4,897 )
7,044
$ 16,271
8
—
155
(5,947 )
8,225
$ 14,124
—
—
89
(2,307 )
4,299
$ 11,846
Net charge-offs as a % of average gross loans and leases
0.35 %
0.74 %
0.57 %
0.69 %
0.28 %
During the year ended December 31, 2012 , we recorded net charge-offs on impaired loans and leases of approximately $3.0 million
comprised of $3.5 million of charge-offs and $481,000 of recoveries. In 2012 , the charge-offs recorded were primarily due to losses incurred
through liquidation efforts on one commercial and industrial client and to a lesser extent based upon a decline in real estate values on various
collateral dependent loans in certain of our market areas. The majority of the charge-offs in 2011 resulted from declining values of collateral
associated with impaired loans and leases. Our charge-offs in 2011 were primarily concentrated in our commercial real estate portfolio, including
construction and land development, as we continued to experience an elevated level of charge-offs, which is substantially related to land
development projects. In addition, in 2011 we experienced losses in our owner-occupied and non-owner-occupied commercial real estate classes.
These charge-offs were associated with declining collateral values.
We review our methodology and periodically adjust allocation percentages of allowance by segment, as reflected in the following table,
based upon historical results. Within the specific categories, certain loans or leases have been identified for specific reserve allocations as well as
the whole category of that loan type or lease being reviewed for a general reserve based on the foregoing analysis of trends and overall balance
growth within that category.
48
Table of Contents
The table below shows our allocation of the allowance for loan and lease losses by loan portfolio segments at the dates indicated.
As of December 31,
2012
2011
2010
2009
2008
Allowance
for loan
and lease
losses
Percent of
loans in
each
category to
total loans
Allowance
for loan
and lease
losses
Percent of
loans in
each
category to
total loans
Allowance
for loan
and lease
losses
Percent of
loans in
each
category to
total loans
Allowance
for loan
and lease
losses
Percent of
loans in
each
category to
total loans
Allowance
for loan
and lease
losses
Percent of
loans in
each
category to
total loans
(Dollars In Thousands)
$
10,693
68.37 % $
9,554
68.19 % $
11,267
70.43 % $
8,890
70.93 % $
7,187
66.71 %
4,129
28.10 %
3,977
27.84 %
4,277
25.73 %
4,131
23.37 %
3,984
27.24 %
207
371
15,400
1.74 %
1.79 %
100.00 % $
240
384
14,155
2.01 %
1.96 %
100.00 % $
245
482
16,271
2.20 %
1.64 %
100.00 % $
357
746
14,124
3.23 %
2.47 %
100.00 % $
330
345
11,846
3.49 %
2.56 %
100.00 %
Loan segments:
Commercial real estate
Commercial and
industrial
Direct financing leases,
net
Consumer and other
Total
$
Although we believe the allowance for loan and lease losses was appropriate based on the current level of loan delinquencies, non-
accrual loans, trends in charge-offs, economic conditions and other factors as of December 31, 2012 , there can be no assurance that future
adjustments to the allowance will not be necessary. We adhere to high underwriting standards in order to maintain strong asset quality and
continue to pursue practical and legal methods of collection, repossession and disposal of any such troubled assets.
Deposits. As of December 31, 2012 , deposits increased by $40.9 million to $1.092 billion from $1.051 billion at December 31, 2011 .
Deposits are the primary source of the Banks’ funds for lending and other investment activities. A variety of accounts are designed to attract both
short- and long-term deposits. These accounts include non-interest-bearing transaction accounts, interest-bearing transaction accounts, money
market accounts and time deposits. Deposit terms offered by the Banks vary according to the minimum balance required, the time period the
funds must remain on deposit, the rates and products offered by marketplace competition and the interest rates charged on other sources of funds,
among other factors. Attracting in-market deposits has been a renewed focus of the Banks’ business development officers. With two separately
chartered financial institutions within our organization, we have the ability to offer our clients additional FDIC insurance coverage by
maintaining separate deposits with each Bank. With the change in the regulations regarding the interest limits on NOW accounts to qualify for
unlimited FDIC insurance, we have seen a shift in our balances out of NOW accounts into non-interest-bearing transaction accounts. The ending
balances within the various deposit types fluctuate based upon maturity of time deposits, client demands for the use of their cash coupled with
servicing and maintaining client relationships. We focus on attracting and servicing deposit relationships, as compared to rate sensitive clients,
and therefore we monitor the success of growth of in-market deposits based on the average balances of our deposit accounts. Rate sensitive
clients may create an element of volatility to our deposit balances.
Our Banks’ in-market deposits are obtained primarily from the South Central, Northeastern and Southeastern regions of Wisconsin. Of
our total average deposits, approximately $649.0 million , or 61.8% , were considered in-market deposits for the year ended December 31, 2012 .
This compares to average in-market deposits of $519.3 million , or 51.6% , for the year ended December 31, 2011 . Attracting client deposits and
increasing overall deposit market share is affected by a competitive environment. We continue to remain focused on increasing our in-market
deposit base and reducing our overall dependency on brokered certificates of deposits; however, as changes in regulation occur, specifically
those affecting deposit insurance, we cannot be assured that our clients will maintain their balances solely with one institution. Our competition
and the banking industry as a whole will also face this challenge of retaining existing deposits which we believe may create new opportunities to
develop relationships and attract new money.
49
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth the amount and maturities of the Banks’ certificates of deposit, including brokered deposits, at
December 31, 2012 .
Interest rate
0.00% to 0.99%
1.00% to 1.99%
2.00% to 2.99%
3.00% to 3.99%
4.00% to 4.99%
5.00% and greater
Three months and
less
Over three months
through six months
Over six months
through twelve
months
(In Thousands)
Over twelve
months
Total
$
$
14,322 $
14,969
16,576
281
13
—
46,161 $
18,270 $
1,360
29,545
—
—
—
49,175 $
25,836 $
20,308
49,751
—
485
—
96,380 $
76,368 $
67,200
90,313
14,897
2,490
—
251,268 $
134,796
103,837
186,185
15,178
2,988
—
442,984
At December 31, 2012 , time deposits included $35.6 million of certificates of deposit in denominations greater than or equal to
$100,000. Of these certificates, $9.0 million are scheduled to mature in three months or less, $6.5 million in greater than three through six
months, $10.9 million in greater than six through twelve months and $9.2 million in greater than twelve months.
Of the total time deposits outstanding as of December 31, 2012 , $191.7 million are scheduled to mature in 2013 , $124.1 million in
2014 , $65.9 million in 2015 , $23.8 million in 2016 , $5.1 million in 2017 , and $32.3 million thereafter. As of December 31, 2012 , we have
$28.3 million of brokered certificates of deposit that the Banks have the right to call prior to the scheduled maturity. These certificates have
original maturities ranging from 7-17 years with options to call after the first six months of holding the certificates and either semi-annually or
monthly call options thereafter.
Borrowings. We had total borrowings of $22.7 million as of December 31, 2012 , a decrease of $27.9 million , or 69.2% , from $50.6
million at December 31, 2011 . In December 2012, we successfully raised approximately $29.1 million through the issuance of 1,265,000 shares
of common stock at a price of $23.00. The net proceeds of the offering, approximately $27.1 million, were immediately used to repay a portion
of our subordinated notes.
The following table sets forth the outstanding balances, weighted average balances and weighted average interest rates for our
borrowings (short-term and long-term) as indicated.
December 31, 2012
December 31, 2011
December 31, 2010
Balance
Weighted
average
balance
Weighted
average
rate
Balance
Weighted
average
balance
Weighted
average
rate
Balance
Weighted
average
balance
Weighted
average
rate
(Dollars In Thousands)
Federal funds purchased
FHLB advances
Line of credit
Subordinated notes payable
Junior subordinated notes
$
— $
469
10
11,926
10,315
237
2,034
1,666
37,481
10,315
$ 22,720 $ 51,733
0.82 % $
1.59
4.07
7.02
10.81
7.46
— $
482
810
39,000
10,315
252
656
2,236
39,000
10,315
$ 50,607 $ 52,459
— $
0.90 % $
5.83
4.06
6.12
10.78
6.94
—
13,414
10
39,000
10,315
$ 51,819 $ 62,739
2,494
10
39,000
10,315
—%
4.78 %
4.06 %
5.50 %
10.78 %
6.26 %
Short-term borrowings
Long-term borrowings
$
479
22,241
$ 22,720
$
810
49,797
$ 50,607
50
$
2,010
49,809
$ 51,819
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth maximum amounts outstanding at each month-end for specific types of borrowings for the periods
indicated.
Maximum month-end balance:
FHLB advances
Federal funds purchased
Year Ended December 31,
2012
2011
2010
(In Thousands)
$
15,474 $
—
493 $
—
18,504
—
Stockholders’ Equity. As of December 31, 2012 , stockholders’ equity was $99.5 million , or 8.1% of total assets, compared to
stockholders’ equity of $64.2 million , or 5.5% of total assets, as of December 31, 2011 . Stockholders’ equity increased by $35.3 million during
the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily as a result of the completion of an equity raise in December 2012 where we successfully raised
approximately $29.1 million through the issuance of 1,265,000 shares of common stock at a price of $23.00, generating net proceeds after
underwriter discount and offering expenses of approximately $27.1 million. The increase of equity is also attributable to record net income of
$8.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 .
Non-bank Consolidated Subsidiaries
First Madison Investment Corporation. First Madison Investment Corporation ("FMIC") is a wholly-owned operating subsidiary of
FBB that was incorporated in the State of Nevada in 1993. FMIC was organized for the purpose of managing a portion of FBB’s investment
portfolio, and no longer invests in commercial real estate loans previously in the form of loan participations from FBB, which it did until
October 1, 2011. FMIC invests in marketable securities. As an operating subsidiary, FMIC’s results of operations are consolidated with FBB’s
for financial and regulatory purposes. FBB’s investment in FMIC was $148.5 million at December 31, 2012 . FMIC had net income of $1.7
million for the year ended December 31, 2012 . This compares to a total investment of $147.1 million at December 31, 2011 and net income of
$4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 .
First Business Capital Corp. FBCC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of FBB formed in 1995 and headquartered in Madison, Wisconsin.
FBCC is an asset-based lending company established to meet the financing needs of companies that are generally unable to obtain traditional
bank financing. FBCC underwrites its loans with additional emphasis placed on collateral coverage as the companies it finances are growing
rapidly, highly leveraged, or undergoing a turn-around period. FBB’s investment in FBCC at December 31, 2012 was $22.1 million , gross loans
outstanding were $116.5 million and net income for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $2.1 million . This compares to a total investment of
$19.9 million , gross loans of $127.5 million and net income of $3.3 million at and for the year ended December 31, 2011 .
FMCC Nevada Corp. FMCC Nevada Corp. was a wholly-owned subsidiary of FBCC incorporated in the state of Nevada in 2000.
FMCCNC invested in asset-based loans in the form of loan participations from FBCC with FBCC retaining servicing. Effective October 1, 2011,
this subsidiary was dissolved and its assets were transferred to FBCC.
First Business Equipment Finance, LLC. FBEF, headquartered in Madison, Wisconsin, was formed in 1998 for the purpose of
originating leases and extending credit in the form of loans to small and medium-sized companies nationwide and is a wholly-owned subsidiary
of FBB. FBB’s total investment in FBEF at December 31, 2012 was $6.5 million , gross loans and leases outstanding were $43.5 million and
FBEF had net income of $60,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 . This compares to a total investment of $6.4 million , gross loans and
leases outstanding of $22.6 million and net income of $569,000 at and for the year ended December 31, 2011 .
FBB Real Estate, LLC . FBB Real Estate, LLC ("FBBRE") is a wholly-owned subsidiary of FBB and was formed in 2009 for the
purpose of holding and liquidating real estate and other assets acquired through foreclosure or other legal proceedings. FBB’s total investment in
FBBRE at December 31, 2012 was $1.0 million and FBBRE had a net loss of $25,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 . This compares to
a total investment of $561,000 and a net loss of $95,000 at and for the year ended December 31, 2011 .
FBB-Milwaukee Real Estate LLC. FBB-Milwaukee Real Estate LLC ("FBBMRE") is a wholly-owned subsidiary of FBB –
Milwaukee and was formed in 2009 for the purpose of holding and liquidating real estate and other assets acquired through foreclosure or other
legal proceedings. FBB-Milwaukee’s total investment in FBBMRE was $631,000 at December 31, 2012 and FBBMRE had a net loss of
$197,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 . This compares to a total investment of $1,338,000 and net loss of $297,000 at and for the year
ended December 31, 2011 .
51
Table of Contents
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We expect to meet our liquidity needs through dividends received from the Banks, existing cash on hand, established cash flow sources,
and our senior line of credit with a third party financial institution. While the Banks are subject to certain regulatory limitations regarding their
ability to pay dividends to the Corporation, we do not believe that the Corporation will be adversely affected by these dividend limitations. The
Corporation’s principal liquidity requirements at December 31, 2012 are the repayment of the outstanding balance on its senior line of credit,
interest payments due on subordinated notes and interest payments due on junior subordinated notes. In September 2012, FBB declared and paid
a dividend in the amount of $6.0 million to the Corporation. Prior to this payment, the Banks had not made any dividend payments to the
Corporation since 2000. The capital ratios of the Corporation and its subsidiaries continue to meet all applicable regulatory capital adequacy
requirements and have either remained stable or have shown signs of improvement from December 31, 2011 . The Corporation's and the Banks'
respective Boards of Directors and management teams adhere to the appropriate regulatory guidelines on decisions which affect their capital
positions, including but not limited to, decisions relating to the payment of dividends and increasing indebtedness.
The Banks maintain liquidity by obtaining funds from several sources. The Banks’ primary sources of funds are principal and interest
payments on loans receivable and mortgage-related securities, deposits and other borrowings, such as federal funds and FHLB advances. The
scheduled payments of loans and mortgage-related securities are generally a predictable source of funds. Deposit flows and loan prepayments,
however, are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition.
We view on-balance-sheet liquidity as a critical element to maintaining adequate liquidity to meet our cash and collateral obligations.
We define our on-balance-sheet liquidity as the total of our short-term investments and our unpledged securities available-for-sale. As of
December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 , our immediate on-balance-sheet liquidity was $241.4 million and $260.5 million , respectively. At
December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 , the Banks had $53.1 million and $113.2 million on deposit with the FRB, respectively. Any excess
funds not used for loan funding or satisfying other cash obligations were maintained as part of our on-balance-sheet liquidity in our interest-
bearing accounts with the FRB. We plan to utilize excess liquidity to fund loan and lease portfolio growth, pay down maturing debt, allow run
off of maturing brokered certificates of deposit, or invest in securities to maintain adequate liquidity at an improved margin.
We had $374.4 million of outstanding brokered deposits at December 31, 2012 , compared to $446.7 million of brokered deposits as of
December 31, 2011 , which represented 34.3% and 42.5% , respectively, of ending balance total deposits. We are committed to our ongoing
efforts to raise in-market deposits and reduce our overall dependence on brokered certificates of deposit. However, brokered deposits are an
efficient source of funding for the Banks and allow them to gather funds across a larger geographic base at price levels and maturities that are
more attractive than single service deposits when required to raise a similar level of deposits within a short time period. Access to such deposits
allows us the flexibility to refrain from pursuing single service deposit relationships in markets that have experienced unfavorable pricing levels.
In addition, the administrative costs associated with brokered deposits are considerably lower than those that would be incurred for a similar
level of local deposits with a similar maturity structure. Our in-market relationships remain stable; however, deposit balances associated with
those relationships will fluctuate. We expect to establish new client relationships and continue marketing efforts aimed at increasing the balances
in existing clients’ deposit accounts. Nonetheless, we will likely continue to use brokered deposits to compensate for shortfalls in deposit
gathering in specific maturity periods, typically three to five years, needed to effectively match the interest rate sensitivity measured through our
defined asset/liability management process. In order to provide for ongoing liquidity and funding, all of our brokered deposits are certificates of
deposit that do not allow for withdrawal at the option of the depositor before the stated maturity. The Banks’ liquidity policies limit the amount
of brokered deposits to 75% of total deposits, with a goal of 50% or less of brokered deposits to total deposits. The Banks were in compliance
with the policy limits as of December 31, 2012 .
The Banks were able to access the brokered certificate of deposit market as needed at rates and terms comparable to market standards
during the year ended December 31, 2012 . In the event that there is a disruption in the availability of brokered deposits at maturity, the Banks
have managed the maturity structure, in compliance with our approved liquidity policy, so at least one year of maturities could be funded
through on-balance-sheet liquidity. These potential funding sources include deposits with the FRB and borrowings with the FHLB or Federal
Reserve Discount Window utilizing currently unencumbered securities as collateral. As of December 31, 2012 , the available liquidity was in
excess of the stated minimum and was equal to approximately 29 months of maturities. We believe the Banks will also have access to the
unused federal funds lines, cash flows from borrower repayments, and cash flows from security maturities. The Banks also have the ability to
raise local market deposits by offering attractive rates to generate the level required to fulfill their liquidity needs.
52
Table of Contents
The Banks are required by federal regulation to maintain sufficient liquidity to ensure safe and sound operations. We believe that the
Banks have sufficient liquidity to match the balance of net withdrawable deposits and short-term borrowings in light of present economic
conditions and deposit flows.
During the year ended December 31, 2012 , operating activities resulted in a net cash inflow of $16.0 million . Operating cash flows
included net income of $8.9 million . Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was approximately $99.8
million which consisted primarily of cash outflows from net purchases of securities available for sale and funding of net loan growth. Net cash
provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $39.3 million primarily from net increases in deposits.
In December 2012, we successfully raised approximately $29.1 million through the issuance of 1,265,000 shares of common stock at a
price of $23.00 per share. The net proceeds of the offering, approximately $27.1 million, were immediately used to repay a portion of
subordinated debt. As of December 31, 2012 our capital ratios remained in excess of the highest required regulatory benchmark levels. In
addition, the common stock offering improved the composition of the Corporation's capital by increasing Tier 1 capital in the form of equity and
allowing us to pay down Tier II capital previously in the form of subordinated debt. We expect the net proceeds to ultimately support our future
growth plans, including accelerated investment in organic growth and the potential for future acquisitions of niche talent and organizations.
The following table summarizes the Corporation's and Banks’ capital ratios and the ratios required by its federal regulators at
December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively:
As of December 31, 2012
Total capital
(to risk-weighted assets)
Consolidated
First Business Bank
First Business Bank – Milwaukee
Tier 1 capital
(to risk-weighted assets)
Consolidated
First Business Bank
First Business Bank – Milwaukee
Tier 1 capital
(to average assets)
Consolidated
First Business Bank
First Business Bank – Milwaukee
$
$
$
Actual
Minimum Required for Capital
Adequacy Purposes
Minimum Required to be Well
Capitalized Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Requirements
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
(Dollars In Thousands)
132,042
115,613
15,743
12.97 % $
12.73
14.60
81,452
72,640
8,626
8.00 %
8.00
8.00
$
N/A
90,800
10,783
N/A
10.00 %
10.00
107,356
104,232
14,392
107,356
104,232
14,392
$
$
10.54
11.48
13.35
8.99
10.49
6.72
53
40,726
36,320
4,313
47,750
39,731
8,563
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
$
$
N/A
54,480
6,470
N/A
49,664
10,703
N/A
6.00
6.00
N/A
5.00
5.00
Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2011
Total capital
(to risk-weighted assets)
Consolidated
First Business Bank
First Business Bank – Milwaukee
Tier 1 capital
(to risk-weighted assets)
Consolidated
First Business Bank
First Business Bank – Milwaukee
Tier 1 capital
(to average assets)
Consolidated
First Business Bank
First Business Bank – Milwaukee
Off-balance Sheet Arrangements
Actual
Minimum Required for Capital
Adequacy Purposes
Minimum Required to be Well
Capitalized Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Requirements
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
(Dollars In Thousands)
$
$
$
118,895
108,860
15,074
13.11 % $
13.39
16.11
72,559
65,058
7,484
8.00 %
8.00
8.00
$
N/A
81,322
9,355
N/A
10.00 %
10.00
71,723
98,666
13,898
$
7.91
12.13
14.86
36,279
32,529
3,742
71,723
98,666
13,898
$
6.22
9.98
7.95
46,152
39,556
6,993
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
$
$
N/A
48,793
5,613
N/A
49,445
8,741
N/A
6.00
6.00
N/A
5.00
5.00
As of December 31, 2012 , the Banks had outstanding commitments to originate $257.2 million of loans and commitments to extend
funds to or on behalf of clients pursuant to standby letters of credit of $17.8 million . As of December 31, 2012 , the Banks had $134.1 million of
commitments to extend funds which extend beyond one year. We do not expect any losses as a result of these funding commitments. We have
evaluated outstanding commitments associated with loans that were identified as impaired loans and concluded that there are no additional losses
associated with these unfunded commitments. We believe that additional commitments will not be granted or additional collateral will be
provided to support any additional funds advanced. The Banks also utilize interest rate swaps for the purposes of interest rate risk management,
as described further in Note 15 – Derivative Financial Instruments to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Additionally the Corporation has committed to provide an additional $960,000 to Aldine Capital Fund, LP, which is a private equity
mezzanine funding limited partnership in which we have invested and which began its operations in October 2006. We expect to participate in
the Aldine Capital Fund II, LP in 2013.
We believe adequate capital and liquidity are available from various sources to fund projected commitments.
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations at December 31, 2012 :
Operating lease obligations
Time deposits
Line of credit
Subordinated notes
Junior subordinated notes
FHLB advances
Total contractual obligations
Total
Less than 1
Year
1-3 Years
4-5 Years
More than 5
Years
Payments Due by Period
(In Thousands)
702 $
1,256 $
191,716
10
—
—
469
192,897 $
190,045
—
—
—
—
191,301 $
1,224 $
28,940
—
—
—
—
30,164 $
5,442
32,283
—
11,926
10,315
—
59,966
$
$
8,624 $
442,984
10
11,926
10,315
469
474,328 $
54
Table of Contents
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. By their nature, changes in these assumptions and estimates could
significantly affect the financial position or results of operations for FBFS. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Discussed below are
certain policies that are critical to FBFS. We view critical accounting policies to be those which are highly dependent on subjective or complex
judgments, estimates, and assumptions, and where changes in those estimates and assumptions could have a significant impact on the financial
statements.
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses. The allowance for loan and lease losses represents our recognition of the risks of extending
credit and our evaluation of the quality of the loan and lease portfolio and as such, requires the use of judgment as well as other systematic
objective and quantitative methods. The risks of extending credit and the accuracy of our evaluation of the quality of the loan and lease portfolio
are neither static nor mutually exclusive and could result in a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. We may over-estimate
the quality of the loan and lease portfolio resulting in a lower allowance for loan and lease losses than necessary, overstating net income and
equity. Conversely, we may under-estimate the quality of the loan and lease portfolio, resulting in a higher allowance for loan and lease losses
than necessary, understating net income and equity. The allowance for loan and lease losses is a valuation allowance for probable credit losses,
increased by the provision for loan and lease losses and decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries. We estimate the allowance reserve balance
required and the related provision for loan and lease losses based on monthly evaluations of the loan and lease portfolio, with particular attention
paid to loans and leases that have been specifically identified as needing additional management analysis because of the potential for further
problems. During these evaluations, consideration is also given to such factors as the level and composition of impaired and other non-
performing loans and leases, historical loss experience, results of examinations by regulatory agencies, independent loan and lease reviews, the
fair value of collateral, the strength and availability of guarantees, concentration of credits and other factors. Allocations of the allowance may be
made for specific loans or leases, but the entire allowance is available for any loan or lease that, in our judgment, should be charged off. Loan
and lease losses are charged against the allowance when we believe that the uncollectability of a loan or lease balance is confirmed. See Note 1 –
Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the
allowance for loan and lease losses.
We also continue to exercise our legal rights and remedies as appropriate in the collection and disposal of non-performing assets, and
adhere to rigorous underwriting standards in our origination process in order to continue to maintain strong asset quality. Although we believe
that the allowance for loan and lease losses was appropriate as of December 31, 2012 based upon the evaluation of loan and lease delinquencies,
non-performing assets, charge-off trends, economic conditions and other factors, there can be no assurance that future adjustments to the
allowance will not be necessary. If the quality of loans or leases deteriorate, then the allowance for loan and lease losses would generally be
expected to increase relative to total loans and leases. If loan or lease quality improves, then the allowance would generally be expected to
decrease relative to total loans and leases.
Income Taxes. FBFS and its wholly owned subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return and a combined Wisconsin state
tax return. Deferred income taxes are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. The determination of current and deferred income taxes is based
on complex analyses of many factors, including the interpretation of federal and state income tax laws, the difference between the tax and
financial reporting basis of assets and liabilities (temporary differences), estimates of amounts currently due or owed, such as the timing of
reversals of temporary differences, and current accounting standards. We apply a more likely than not approach to each of our tax positions
when determining the amount of tax benefit to record in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured
using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or
settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred taxes is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We have
made our best estimate of valuation allowances utilizing positive and negative evidence and evaluation of sources of taxable income including
tax planning strategies and expected reversals of timing differences to determine if valuation allowances were needed for deferred tax assets.
Realization of deferred tax assets over time is dependent on our ability to generate sufficient taxable earnings in future periods and a valuation
allowance may be necessary if management determines that it is more likely than not that the deferred asset will not be utilized. These estimates
and assumptions are subject to change. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could adversely affect future consolidated results of
operations.
55
Table of Contents
The federal and state taxing authorities who make assessments based on their determination of tax laws may periodically review our
interpretation of federal and state income tax laws. Tax liabilities could differ significantly from the estimates and interpretations used in
determining the current and deferred income tax liabilities based on the completion of taxing authority examinations.
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Our primary market risk is interest rate risk, which arises from exposure of our financial position to changes in interest rates. It is our
strategy to reduce the impact of interest rate risk on net interest margin by maintaining a favorable match between the maturities and repricing
dates of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. This strategy is monitored by the respective Banks’ Asset/Liability Management
Committees, in accordance with policies approved by the respective Banks’ Boards. These committees meet regularly to review the sensitivity of
their respective Bank’s assets and liabilities to changes in interest rates, liquidity needs and sources, and pricing and funding strategies.
We use two techniques to measure interest rate risk. The first is simulation of earnings. In this measurement technique the balance sheet
is modeled as an ongoing entity whereby future growth, pricing, and funding assumptions are implemented. These assumptions are modeled
under different rate scenarios that include a simultaneous, instant and sustained change in interest rates.
The following table illustrates the potential impact of changes in market rates on our net interest income for the next twelve months, as
of December 31, 2012 . Given the current low interest rate environment, we do not expect that interest rates will fall by greater than 50 basis
points from December 31, 2012 levels. We also assume that managed rate liability prices will rise at an amount less than the instantaneous rate
shock in the below scenarios.
Change in interest rates in basis points
Impact on net interest income
Down 50
No Change
—
(0.60 )%
Up 100
Up 200
Up 300
Up 400
(2.91 )%
(1.49 )%
(3.77 )%
(2.13 )%
The second measurement technique used is static gap analysis. Gap analysis involves measurement of the difference in asset and
liability repricing on a cumulative basis within a specified time frame. In general, a positive gap indicates that more interest-earning assets than
interest-bearing liabilities reprice/mature in a time frame and a negative gap indicates the opposite. As shown in the cumulative gap position in
the table presented below, at December 31, 2012 , interest-bearing-liabilities have the general characteristics that will allow them to reprice faster
than interest-earning assets in the short-term. In addition to the gap position, other determinants of net interest income are the shape of the yield
curve, general rate levels and the corresponding effect of contractual interest rate floors, reinvestment spreads, balance sheet growth and mix,
and interest rate spreads. Our recent success in attracting in-market deposits adds to the interest rate liability sensitivity of the organization.
During recent years many of our variable rate loans and certain of our variable rate borrowings have been priced at a rate equivalent to a fixed
spread above a market rate index combined with an interest rate floor. These interest rate floors restrict the rate from repricing in tandem with the
market rates. As rates increase, these interest rate floors will restrict the subject assets and liabilities from experiencing rate increases until the
interest rate floor is exceeded which may put pressure on net interest margin.
We manage the structure of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities by adjusting their mix, yield, maturity and/or repricing
characteristics based on market conditions. Brokered certificates of deposit are a significant source of funds. We use a variety of maturities to
augment our management of interest rate exposure.
56
Table of Contents
The following table illustrates our static gap position.
Assets:
Short-term investments
Investment securities
Commercial loans
Real estate loans
Asset-based loans
Lease receivables
Consumer loans
Total earning assets
Liabilities
Interest-bearing transaction
Money market accounts
Time deposits under $250,000
Time deposits $250,000 and over
FHLB advances
Short-term borrowings
Long-term debt
Total interest-bearing liabilities
Interest rate gap
Cumulative interest rate gap
Within 3 months
3-12 months
1-5 years
After 5 years
Total
Estimated Maturity or Repricing at December 31, 2012
(Dollars In Thousands)
$
$
$
$
$
$
58,815
8,027
85,168
216,258
114,617
1,086
524
484,495
43,542
443,743
28,622
2,276
469
10
5,711
524,373
(39,878 )
(39,878 )
$
$
$
$
$
$
1,960
46,137
22,482
80,061
897
4,848
50
156,435
—
—
151,899
8,919
—
—
—
160,818
(4,383 )
(44,261 )
$
$
$
$
$
$
3,185
119,362
53,887
248,010
—
9,523
74
434,041
—
—
216,870
2,115
—
—
—
218,985
215,056
170,795
$
$
$
$
$
$
—
27,070
2,883
58,581
—
469
—
89,003
$
63,960
200,596
164,420
602,910
115,514
15,926
648
$ 1,163,974
$
$
$
—
—
32,283
—
—
—
16,530
48,813
40,190
210,985
43,542
443,743
429,674
13,310
469
10
22,241
952,989
210,985
Cumulative interest rate gap to total earning assets
(3.43 )%
(3.80 )%
14.67 %
18.13 %
57
Table of Contents
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF FIRST BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES
The following financial statements are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
Consolidated Financial Statements
Page No.
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
105
Table of Contents
First Business Financial Services, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Assets
Cash and due from banks
Short-term investments
Cash and cash equivalents
Securities available-for-sale, at fair value
Loans and leases receivable, net of allowance for loan and lease losses of $15,400 and
$14,155, respectively
Leasehold improvements and equipment, net
Foreclosed properties
Cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance
Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost
Accrued interest receivable and other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Deposits
Federal Home Loan Bank and other borrowings
Junior subordinated notes
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 2,500,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 25,000,000 shares authorized, 4,011,370 and 2,714,985
shares issued, 3,916,667 and 2,625,569 shares outstanding at December 31, 2012 and
2011, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Treasury stock (94,703 and 89,416 shares at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively), at
cost
Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
$
$
$
December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011
(In Thousands, Except Share Data)
21,626 $
63,960
85,586
200,596
896,560
968
1,574
22,272
1,144
17,408
1,226,108 $
1,092,254 $
12,405
10,315
11,595
1,126,569
16,707
113,386
130,093
170,386
836,687
999
2,236
17,660
2,367
16,737
1,177,165
1,051,312
40,292
10,315
11,032
1,112,951
—
—
40
53,504
45,599
2,183
(1,787 )
99,539
1,226,108 $
27
25,843
37,501
2,491
(1,648 )
64,214
1,177,165
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
59
Table of Contents
Interest income
Loans and leases
Securities income
Short-term investments
Total interest income
Interest expense
Deposits
Notes payable and other borrowings
Junior subordinated notes
Total interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan and lease losses
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses
Non-interest income
Trust and investment services fee income
Service charges on deposits
Loan fees
Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance
Credit, merchant and debit card fees
Other
Total non-interest income
Non-interest expense
Compensation
Occupancy
Professional fees
Data processing
Marketing
Equipment
FDIC insurance
Collateral liquidation costs
Net loss on foreclosed properties
Other
Total non-interest expense
Income before income tax expense
Income tax expense
Net income
Earnings per common share:
Basic
Diluted
Dividends declared per share
First Business Financial Services, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Income
For the Year Ended December 31,
2012
2011
(In Thousands, Except Share Data)
$
$
$
51,125 $
3,417
224
54,766
13,026
2,744
1,115
16,885
37,881
4,243
33,638
2,927
2,028
2,026
703
204
811
8,699
17,018
1,270
1,634
1,319
1,224
490
1,732
655
585
2,734
28,661
13,676
4,750
8,926 $
3.30 $
3.29
0.28
51,932
4,166
119
56,217
17,115
2,529
1,112
20,756
35,461
4,250
31,211
2,532
1,712
1,481
678
221
436
7,060
14,898
1,376
1,497
1,253
994
446
2,486
786
420
2,241
26,397
11,874
3,449
8,425
3.23
3.23
0.28
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
60
Table of Contents
First Business Financial Services, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Net income
Other comprehensive income, before tax
Unrealized securities (losses) gains arising during the period
Income tax benefit (expense)
Comprehensive income
For the Year Ended December 31,
2012
2011
(In Thousands)
8,926 $
(503 )
195
8,618 $
8,425
1,198
(499 )
9,124
$
$
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
61
Table of Contents
First Business Financial Services, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
Common
shares
outstanding
Common
stock
Additional
paid-in
capital
Retained
earnings
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
Treasury
stock
Total
(In Thousands, Except Share Data)
25,253 $ 29,808 $
Balance at December 31, 2010
Net income
Other comprehensive income
Share-based compensation - restricted shares
Share-based compensation - tax benefits
Cash dividends ($0.28 per share)
Treasury stock purchased
Balance at December 31, 2011
Net income
Other comprehensive loss
Issuance of common stock
Exercise of stock options
Share-based compensation - restricted shares
Share-based compensation - tax benefits
Cash dividends ($0.28 per share)
Treasury stock purchased
Treasury stock re-issued
Balance at December 31, 2012
2,597,820 $
—
—
34,625
—
—
(6,876 )
2,625,569 $
—
—
1,265,000
1,000
30,385
—
—
(9,445 )
4,158
3,916,667 $
27 $
—
—
—
—
—
—
27 $
—
—
13
—
—
—
—
—
—
40
$
—
—
579
11
—
—
8,425
—
—
—
(732 )
—
25,843 $ 37,501 $
—
—
27,061
22
548
107
—
—
(77 )
8,926
—
—
—
—
—
(828 )
—
—
1,792 $
—
699
—
—
—
—
2,491 $
—
(308 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1,545 ) $ 55,335
8,425
699
579
11
(732 )
—
—
—
—
—
(103 )
(103 )
(1,648 ) $ 64,214
8,926
(308 )
27,074
22
548
107
(828 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(216 )
77
(216 )
—
(1,787 ) $ 99,539
53,504
$ 45,599
$
2,183
$
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
62
Table of Contents
First Business Financial Services, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Operating activities
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
For the Year Ended December 31,
2012
2011
(In Thousands)
$
8,926 $
Deferred income taxes, net
Provision for loan and lease losses
Depreciation, amortization and accretion, net
Share-based compensation
Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance
Origination of loans for sale
Sale of loans originated for sale
Gain on sale of loans originated for sale
Net loss on foreclosed properties
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation
Decrease in accrued interest receivable and other assets
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable and other liabilities
Net cash provided by operating activities
Investing activities
Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities
Purchases of available-for-sale securities
Proceeds from sale of foreclosed properties
Payments to priority lien holders of foreclosed properties
Net (increase) decrease in loans and leases
Investment in Aldine Capital Fund, L.P.
Distributions from Aldine Capital Fund, L.P.
Proceeds from sale of FHLB Stock
Purchases of leasehold improvements and equipment, net
Proceeds from sale of leasehold improvements and equipment, net
Premium payment on bank owned life insurance policies
Proceeds from surrender of bank owned life insurance policies
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
Financing activities
Net increase in deposits
Repayment of FHLB advances
Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowed funds
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated notes payable
Repayment of subordinated notes payable
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation
Common stock issuance
Cash dividends paid
Exercise of stock options
Purchase of treasury stock
Net cash provided by financing activities
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
Supplementary cash flow information
(1,906 )
4,243
3,054
548
(703 )
(1,548 )
1,695
(147 )
585
(107 )
646
712
15,998
56,992
(90,407 )
1,955
(367 )
(65,628 )
—
893
1,223
(561 )
—
(4,025 )
116
(99,809 )
40,942
(13 )
(800 )
6,215
(33,289 )
107
27,074
(738 )
22
(216 )
39,304
(44,507 )
130,093
85,586 $
$
8,425
1,955
4,250
2,404
579
(678 )
(1,284 )
1,290
(6 )
420
(11 )
796
(563 )
17,577
44,150
(62,000 )
2,213
—
16,879
(210 )
81
—
(411 )
46
(32 )
—
716
63,014
(2,012 )
800
—
—
11
—
(729 )
—
(103 )
60,981
79,274
50,819
130,093
Interest paid on deposits and borrowings
Income taxes paid
Transfer to foreclosed properties
Reissuance of treasury stock
$
17,800 $
5,716
1,511
77
21,774
3,143
3,119
—
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
63
Table of Contents
First Business Financial Services, Inc.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1 – Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Nature of Operations. The accounting and reporting practices of First Business Financial Services (the “Corporation”), its wholly-owned
subsidiaries, First Business Bank (“FBB”) and First Business Bank – Milwaukee (“FBB – Milwaukee”) have been prepared in accordance with
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. FBB and FBB – Milwaukee are sometimes referred to together as the “Banks.” FBB operates as a
commercial banking institution in the Madison, Wisconsin market, consisting primarily of Dane County and the surrounding areas, with loan
production offices in Oshkosh, Appleton, and Green Bay, Wisconsin. FBB also offers trust and investment services through First Business
Trust & Investments (“FBTI”), a division of FBB. FBB – Milwaukee operates as a commercial banking institution in the Milwaukee, Wisconsin
market, consisting primarily of Waukesha County and the surrounding areas. The Banks provide a full range of financial services to businesses,
business owners, executives, professionals and high net worth individuals. The Banks are subject to competition from other financial institutions
and service providers and are also subject to state and federal regulations. FBB has the following subsidiaries: First Business Capital Corp.
(“FBCC”), First Madison Investment Corp. ("FMIC"), First Business Equipment Finance, LLC ("FBEF") and FBB Real Estate, LLC
("FBBRE"). FMIC is located in and was formed under the laws of the state of Nevada. Effective October 1, 2011, the Corporation dissolved
FMCC Nevada Corp, a former subsidiary of FBCC. FBB-Milwaukee has one subsidiary, FBB – Milwaukee Real Estate, LLC ("FBBMRE").
Basis of Financial Statement Presentation. The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Corporation and its wholly-
owned subsidiaries. In accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 810, the Corporation’s ownership
interest in FBFS Statutory Trust II ("Trust II") has not been consolidated into the financial statements. All significant intercompany balances and
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Management of the Corporation is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements as well as reported amounts of revenues and expenses during
the reporting period. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. Material estimates that could experience significant changes
in the near-term include the value of foreclosed property, lease residuals, property under operating leases, securities, income taxes and the level
of the allowance for loan and lease losses. Subsequent events have been evaluated through the issuance of the Consolidated Financial
Statements. No significant subsequent events have occurred through this date requiring adjustment to the financial statements or disclosures.
Cash and Cash Equivalents. The Corporation considers federal funds sold, interest-bearing deposits and short-term investments that have
original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Securities Available-for-Sale. The Corporation classifies its investment and mortgage-related securities as available-for-sale, held-to-maturity
and trading. Debt securities that the Corporation has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and are
stated at amortized cost. Debt and equity securities bought expressly for the purpose of selling in the near term are classified as trading securities
and are measured at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported in earnings. Debt and equity securities not classified as held-to-maturity
or as trading are classified as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are measured at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported
as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of tax. Realized gains and losses, and declines in value judged to be other than temporary,
are included in the consolidated statements of income as a component of non-interest income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific
identification method. The Corporation did not hold any held-to-maturity or trading securities at December 31, 2012 and 2011 .
Discounts and premiums on investment and mortgage-backed securities are accreted and amortized into interest income using the effective yield
method over the weighted average life of the securities.
Declines in the fair value of investment securities available for sale (with certain exceptions for debt securities noted below) that are deemed to
be other-than-temporary are charged to earnings as a realized loss, and a new cost basis for the securities is established. In evaluating other-than-
temporary impairment, management considers the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial
condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and the intent and ability of the Corporation to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of
time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value in the near term. Declines in the fair value of debt securities below amortized
cost are deemed to be other-than-temporary in circumstances where: (1) the Corporation has the intent to sell a security; (2) it is more likely than
not that the Corporation will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) the Corporation does not expect to
recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. If the Corporation intends to sell a security or if it is more likely than not that the
Corporation will be required to sell the security before recovery, an other-than-temporary impairment write-down is recognized in earnings equal
to the difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value. If the Corporation does not
64
Table of Contents
intend to sell the security or it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery, the other-than-temporary
impairment write-down is separated into an amount representing credit loss, which is recognized in earnings, and an amount related to all other
factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income.
Loans and Leases. Loans and leases which management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity are
reported at their outstanding principal balance with adjustments for partial charge-offs, the allowance for loan and lease losses, deferred fees or
costs on originated loans and leases, and unamortized premiums or discounts on any purchased loans. Loans originated or purchased and
intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Unrealized losses on such loans
are recognized through a valuation allowance by a charge to other non-interest income. Gains and losses on the sale of loans are also included in
other non-interest income.
A loan or a lease is accounted for as a troubled debt restructuring if the Corporation, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s
financial condition, grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. A troubled debt restructuring may involve the
receipt of assets from the debtor in partial or full satisfaction of the loan or lease, or a modification of terms such as a reduction of the stated
interest rate or face amount of the loan or lease, a reduction of accrued interest, an extension of the maturity date at a stated interest rate lower
than the current market rate for a new loan or lease with similar risk, or some combination of these concessions. Restructured loans can involve
loans remaining on non-accrual, moving to non-accrual, or continuing on accrual status, depending on individual facts and circumstances. Non-
accrual restructured loans are included and treated with all other non-accrual loans. In addition, all accruing restructured loans are reported as
troubled debt restructurings which are considered and accounted for as impaired loans. Generally, restructured loans remain on non-accrual until
the borrower has attained a sustained period of repayment performance under the modified loan terms (generally a minimum of six months).
However, performance prior to the restructuring, or significant events that coincide with the restructuring, are considered in assessing whether
the borrower can meet the new terms and whether the loan should be returned to or maintained on accrual status. If the borrower’s ability to meet
the revised payment schedule is not reasonably assured, the loan remains on nonaccrual.
Interest on non-impaired loans and leases is accrued and credited to income on a daily basis based on the unpaid principal balance and is
calculated using the effective interest method. Per policy, a loan or a lease is considered impaired and placed on a non-accrual status when it
becomes 90 days past due or it is doubtful that contractual principal and interest will be collected in accordance with the terms of the contract. A
loan or lease is determined to be past due if the borrower fails to meet a contractual payment and will continue to be considered past due until all
contractual payments are received. When a loan or lease is placed on non-accrual, interest accrual is discontinued and previously accrued but
uncollected interest is deducted from interest income and the payments on non-accrual loans are applied to interest on a cash basis. If
collectability of the contractual principal and interest is in doubt, payments received are first applied to reduce loan principal. As soon as it is
determined with certainty that the principal of an impaired loan or lease is uncollectable either through collections from the borrower or
disposition of the underlying collateral, the portion of the carrying balance that exceeds the estimated measurement value of the loan or lease is
charged off. Loans or leases are returned to accrual status when they are brought current in terms of both principal and accrued interest due, have
performed in accordance with contractual terms for a reasonable period of time, and when the ultimate collectability of total contractual principal
and interest is no longer doubtful.
Transfers of assets, including but not limited to participation interests in originated loans, that upon completion of the transfer satisfy the
conditions to be reported as a sale, including legal isolation, are derecognized from the Consolidated Financial Statements. Transfers of assets
that upon completion of the transfer do not meet the conditions of a sale are recorded on a gross basis with a secured borrowing identified to
reflect the amount of the transferred interest.
Loan and lease origination fees as well as certain direct origination costs are deferred and amortized as an adjustment to loan yields over the
stated term of the loan or lease. Loans or leases that result from a refinance or restructuring, other than a troubled debt restructuring, where terms
are at least as favorable to the Corporation as the terms for comparable loans to other borrowers with similar collection risks and result in an
essentially new loan or lease, are accounted for as a new loan or lease. Any unamortized net fees, costs, or penalties are recognized when the
new loan or lease is originated. Unamortized net loan or lease fees or costs for loans and leases that result from a refinance or restructure with
only minor modifications to the original loan or lease contract are carried forward as a part of the net investment in the new loan or lease. For
troubled debt restructurings all fees received in connection with a modification of terms are applied as a reduction of the loan or lease and any
related costs, including direct loan origination costs, are charged to expense as incurred.
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses. The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at a level that management deems appropriate to
absorb probable and estimable losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolios. Such inherent losses stem from the size and current risk
characteristics of the loan and lease portfolio, an assessment of individual impaired and other problem loans and leases, actual loss experience,
estimated fair value of underlying collateral, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, and current geographic or
industry-specific current economic events. Some impaired and other
65
Table of Contents
loans and leases have risk characteristics that are unique to an individual borrower and the inherent loss must be estimated on an individual basis.
Other impaired and problem loans and leases may have risk characteristics similar to other loans and leases and bear similar inherent risk of loss.
Such loans and leases, which are not individually reviewed and measured for impairment, are aggregated and historical loss statistics are used to
determine inherent risk of loss.
The measurement of the estimate of loss is reliant upon historical experience, information about the ability of the individual debtor to pay and
appraisal of loan collateral in light of current economic conditions. An estimate of loss is an approximation of what portion of all amounts
receivable, according to the contractual terms of that receivable, is deemed uncollectible. Determination of the allowance is inherently subjective
because it requires estimation of amounts and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired and other problem loans and leases, estimation
of losses on types of loans and leases based on historical losses and consideration of current economic trends, both local and national. Based on
management’s periodic review using all previously mentioned pertinent factors, a provision for loan and lease losses is charged to expense. Loan
and lease losses are charged against the allowance and recoveries are credited to the allowance.
The allowance for loan and lease losses contains specific allowances established for expected losses on impaired loans and leases. Impaired
loans and leases are defined as loans and leases for which, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Corporation will be
unable to collect scheduled principal and interest payments according to the contractual terms of the loan or lease agreement. Loans and leases
subject to impairment are defined as non-accrual and restructured loans and leases exclusive of smaller homogeneous loans such as home equity,
installment and 1-4 family residential loans. Impaired loans and leases are evaluated on an individual basis to determine the amount of specific
reserve or charge-off required, if any.
The measurement value of impaired loans and leases is determined based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the
loan’s effective interest rate (the contractual interest rate adjusted for any net deferred loan fees or costs, premium, or discount existing at the
origination or acquisition of the loan), the market price of the loan or lease, or the fair value of the underlying collateral less costs to sell, if the
loan or lease is collateral dependent. A loan or lease is collateral dependent if repayment is expected to be provided principally by the underlying
collateral. A loan’s effective interest rate may change over the life of the loan based on subsequent changes in rates or indices or may be fixed at
the rate in effect at the date the loan was determined to be impaired.
Subsequent to the initial impairment, any significant change in the amount or timing of an impaired loan or lease’s future cash flows will result
in a reassessment of the valuation allowance to determine if an adjustment is necessary. Measurements based on observable market price or fair
value of the collateral may change over time and require a reassessment of the valuation allowance if there is a significant change in either
measurement base. Any increase in the present value of expected future cash flows attributable to the passage of time is recorded as interest
income accrued on the net carrying amount of the loan or lease at the effective interest rate used to discount the impaired loan or lease’s
estimated future cash flows. For the year ended December 31, 2012 , no interest income was recognized due to the increase of the present value
of future cash flows attributable to the passage of time. Any change in present value attributable to changes in the amount or timing of expected
future cash flows is recorded as loan loss expense in the same manner in which impairment was initially recognized or as a reduction of loan loss
expense that otherwise would be reported. Where the level of loan or lease impairment is measured using observable market price or fair value
of collateral, any change in the observable market price of an impaired loan or lease or fair value of the collateral of an impaired collateral-
dependent loan or lease is recorded as loan loss expense in the same manner in which impairment was initially recognized. Any increase in the
observable market value of the impaired loan or lease or fair value of the collateral in an impaired collateral-dependent loan or lease is recorded
as a reduction in the amount of loan loss expense that otherwise would be reported.
Loans Held for Sale. Loans held for sale consist of the current origination of certain 1-4 family mortgage loans and are carried at lower of cost
or fair value. Fees received from the borrower and direct costs to originate the loan are deferred and recorded as an adjustment of the sales price.
There were no loans held for sale outstanding at December 31, 2012 or 2011 .
Net Investment in Direct Financing Leases. Net investment in direct financing lease agreements represents total undiscounted payments plus
estimated unguaranteed residual value (approximating 3% to 20% of the cost of the related equipment) and is recorded as lease receivables when
the lease is signed and the leased property is delivered to the client. The excess of the minimum lease payments and residual values over the cost
of the equipment is recorded as unearned lease income. Unearned lease income is recognized over the term of the lease on a basis which results
in an approximate level rate of return on the unrecovered lease investment. Lease payments are recorded when due under the lease contract.
Residual values are established at lease inception equal to the estimated value to be received from the equipment following termination of the
initial lease and such estimated value considers all relevant information and circumstances regarding the equipment. In estimating the
equipment’s fair value at lease termination, the Corporation relies on internally or externally prepared appraisals, published sources of used
equipment prices and historical experience adjusted for known current industry and economic trends. The Corporation’s estimates are
periodically reviewed to ensure reasonableness, however the amounts the Corporation will
66
Table of Contents
ultimately realize could differ from the estimated amounts. When there are other than temporary declines in the Corporation’s carrying amount
of the unguaranteed residual value, the carrying value is reduced and charged to non-interest expense.
Operating Leases. Machinery and equipment are leased to clients under operating leases and are recorded at cost. Equipment under such leases
is depreciated over the estimated useful life or term of the lease, if shorter. The impairment loss, if any, would be charged to expense in the
period it becomes evident. Rental income is recorded on the straight-line accrual basis as other non-interest income.
Leasehold Improvements and Equipment. The cost of capitalized leasehold improvements is amortized on the straight-line method over the
lesser of the term of the respective lease or estimated economic life. Equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization
which is calculated by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of three to ten years. Maintenance and repair costs are charged to
expense as incurred. Improvements which extend the useful life are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining useful life of the assets.
Foreclosed Properties. Property acquired by repossession, foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is carried at the lower of the recorded
investment in the loan at the time of acquisition or the fair value of the underlying property, less costs to sell. Any write-down in the carrying
value of a loan or lease at the time of acquisition is charged to the allowance for loan and lease losses. Any subsequent write-downs to reflect
current fair market value, as well as gains and losses on disposition and revenues are recorded in non-interest expense. Costs relating to the
development and improvement of the property are capitalized while holding period costs are charged to other non-interest expense. Foreclosed
properties are included in foreclosed properties, net in the consolidated balance sheets.
Bank-Owned Life Insurance. Bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) is reported at the amount that would be realized if the life insurance
policies were surrendered on the balance sheet date. BOLI policies owned by the Banks are purchased with the objective to fund certain future
employee benefit costs with the death benefit proceeds. The cash surrender value of such policies is recorded in cash surrender value of life
insurance on the consolidated balance sheets and changes in the value are recorded in non-interest income. The total death benefit of all of the
BOLI policies was $56.9 million as of December 31, 2012 . There are no restrictions on the use of BOLI proceeds nor are there any contractual
restrictions on the ability to surrender the policy. As of each of December 31, 2012 and 2011 , there were no borrowings against the cash
surrender value of the BOLI policies.
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock. The Banks own shares in the Federal Home Loan Bank – Chicago (“FHLB”) as required for membership to
the FHLB. The minimum required investment was $1.1 million as of December 31, 2012 . FHLB stock is carried at cost which approximates its
fair value because the shares can be resold to other member banks at their $100 per share par amount. The Corporation periodically evaluates its
holding in FHLB stock for impairment. Should the stock be impaired, it would be written down to its estimated fair value. There were no
impairments recorded on FHLB stock during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 .
Other Investments. The Corporation owns certain equity investments in other corporate organizations which are not consolidated because the
Corporation does not own more than a 50% interest or exercise control over the organization. Such investments are not variable interest entities.
Investments in corporations representing at least a 20% interest are generally accounted for using the equity method and investments in
corporations representing less than 20% interest are generally accounted for at cost. Investments in limited partnerships representing from at
least a 3% up to a 50% interest in the entity are generally accounted for using the equity method and investments in limited partnerships
representing less than 3% are generally accounted for at cost. All of these investments are periodically evaluated for impairment. Should an
investment be impaired, it would be written down to its estimated fair value. The equity investments are reported in other assets and the income
and expense from such investments, if any, is reported in non-interest income and non-interest expense.
Derivative Instruments. The Corporation uses derivative instruments to protect against the risk of adverse price or interest rate movements on
the value of certain assets, liabilities, future cash flows and economic hedges for written client derivative contracts. Derivative instruments
represent contracts between parties that usually require little or no initial net investment and result in one party delivering cash to the other party
based on a notional amount and an underlying as specified in the contract. A notional amount represents the number of units of a specific item,
such as currency units. An underlying represents a variable, such as an interest rate. The amount of cash delivered from one party to the other is
determined based on the interaction of the notional amount of the contract with the underlying.
Market risk is the risk of loss arising from an adverse change in interest rates, exchange rates or equity prices. The Corporation’s primary market
risk is interest rate risk. Instruments designed to manage interest rate risk include interest rate swaps, interest rate options and interest rate caps
and floors with indices that relate to the pricing of specific assets and liabilities. The nature and volume of the derivative instruments used to
manage interest rate risk depend on the level and type of assets and liabilities on the balance sheet and the risk management strategies for the
current and anticipated rate environments.
67
Table of Contents
Counterparty risk with respect to derivative instruments occurs when a counterparty to a derivative contract with an unrealized gain fails to
perform according to the terms of the agreement. Counterparty risk is managed by limiting the counterparties to highly rated dealers and required
collateral postings when values are in deficit positions, applying uniform credit standards to all activities with credit risk and monitoring the size
and the maturity structure of the derivative portfolio.
All derivative instruments are to be carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets. The accounting for the gain or loss due to changes in
the fair value of a derivative instrument depends on whether the derivative instrument qualifies as a hedge. If the derivative instrument does not
qualify as a hedge, the gains or losses are reported in earnings when they occur. However, if the derivative instrument qualifies as a hedge, the
accounting varies based on the type of risk being hedged. In 2012 and 2011 , the Corporation solely utilized interest rate swaps which did not
qualify for hedge accounting and therefore all changes in fair value and gains and losses on these instruments were reported in earnings as they
occurred.
Income Taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed annually for temporary differences in timing between the financial
statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities that result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax law and rates
applicable to periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent
upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers
the scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, appropriate tax planning strategies and projections for future taxable income over the period
which the deferred tax assets are deductible. When necessary, valuation allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets to the realizable
amount. Management believes it is more likely than not that the Corporation will realize the benefits of these deductible differences, net of the
existing valuation allowances.
Income tax expense or benefit represents the tax payable or tax refundable for a period, adjusted by the applicable change in deferred tax assets
and liabilities for that period. The Corporation and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return and separate state income tax
returns. Tax sharing agreements allocate taxes to each entity for the settlement of intercompany taxes. The Corporation applies a more likely
than not standard to each of its tax positions when determining the amount of tax expense or benefit to record in its financial statements.
Unrecognized tax benefits are recorded in other liabilities. The Corporation recognizes accrued interest relating to unrecognized tax benefits in
income tax expense and penalties in other non-interest expense.
Earnings Per Share. Earnings per common share (“EPS”) is computed using the two-class method. Basic EPS are computed by dividing net
income allocated to common shares by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period, excluding any participating
securities. Participating securities include unvested restricted shares. Unvested restricted shares are considered participating securities because
holders of these securities receive non-forfeitable dividends at the same rate as the holders of the Corporation’s common stock. Diluted EPS is
computed by dividing net income allocated to common shares adjusted for reallocation of undistributed earnings of unvested restricted shares by
the weighted average number of common shares determined for the basic EPS plus the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents using the
treasury stock method based on the average market price for the period. Some stock options are anti-dilutive and therefore are not included in the
calculation of diluted EPS.
Segments and Related Information. The Corporation is required to report each operating segment based on materiality thresholds of ten
percent or more of certain amounts, such as revenue. Additionally, the Corporation is required to report separate operating segments until the
revenue attributable to such segments is at least 75 percent of total consolidated revenue. The Corporation provides a broad range of financial
services to individuals and companies in south central and southeastern Wisconsin. These services include demand, time, and savings products,
the sale of certain non-deposit financial products and commercial and retail lending, leasing and trust services. While the Corporation’s chief
decision-maker monitors the revenue streams of the various products and services, operations are managed and financial performance is
evaluated on a corporate-wide basis. The Corporation’s business units have similar basic characteristics in the nature of the products, production
processes and type or class of client for products or services; therefore, these business units are considered one operating segment.
Stock Options. Prior to January 1, 2006, the Corporation accounted for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method. Under the
intrinsic value method, compensation expense for employee stock options was generally not recognized if the exercise price of the option
equaled or exceeded the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant.
On January 1, 2006, the Corporation adopted ASC Topic 718 using the prospective method as stock options were only granted by the
Corporation prior to meeting the definition of a public entity. Under the prospective method, ASC Topic 718 must only be applied to the extent
that those awards are subsequently modified, repurchased or cancelled. No stock options have been granted since the Corporation met the
definition of a public entity and no stock options have been modified, repurchased or cancelled subsequent to the adoption of ASC Topic 718.
Therefore, no stock-based compensation was recognized in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2012 or
2011 , except with respect to restricted stock
68
Table of Contents
awards. Upon vesting of any options subject to ASC Topic 718, the benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation expense
will be reported as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow.
Reclassifications. Certain accounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentations.
Future Accounting Changes.
In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued ASU No. 2011-11, Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and
Liabilities, which included amendments to require an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of
its financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position. This information will enable users of an entity’s
financial statements to evaluate the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements with certain financial instruments and derivative
instruments. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, with retrospective application to
the disclosures of all comparative periods presented. The Corporation will adopt the accounting standard during 2013, as required, and is
currently evaluating the impact on its results of operations, financial position, and liquidity.
Note 2 – Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and due from banks was approximately $21.6 million and $16.7 million at December 31, 2012 and
2011 , respectively. Required reserves in the form of either vault cash or deposits held at the Federal Reserve Bank ("FRB") were $291,000 and
$554,000 at December 31, 2012 and 2011 . Short-term investments, considered cash equivalents, were $64.0 million and $113.4 million at
December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively. FRB balances were $53.1 million and $113.2 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively,
and are included in short-term investments on the consolidated balance sheets. Federal funds sold at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were
$237,000 and $217,000 , respectively.
Note 3 – Securities
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available-for-sale were as follows:
Amortized cost
As of December 31, 2012
Gross
unrealized
holding gains
Gross
unrealized
holding losses
(In Thousands)
Estimated
fair value
U.S. Government agency obligations - government-sponsored enterprises $
Municipal obligations
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government issued
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government-sponsored enterprises
$
19,667 $
11,897
148,369
17,128
197,061 $
62 $
179
3,344
88
3,673 $
(8 ) $
(43 )
(68 )
(19 )
(138 ) $
19,721
12,033
151,645
17,197
200,596
Municipal obligations
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government issued
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government-sponsored enterprises
Amortized cost
As of December 31, 2011
Gross
unrealized
holding gains
Gross
unrealized
holding losses
(In Thousands)
Estimated
fair value
$
$
2,736 $
161,443
2,169
166,348 $
95 $
4,022
—
4,117 $
— $
(64 )
(15 )
(79 ) $
2,831
165,401
2,154
170,386
U.S. Government agency obligations - government-sponsored enterprises represent securities issued by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage
Corporation ("FHLMC") and Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA"). Collateralized mortgage
69
Table of Contents
obligations - government issued represent securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA".) Collateralized
mortgage obligations — government-sponsored enterprises include securities guaranteed by FHLMC and the FNMA. Municipal obligations
include securities issued by various municipalities located primarily within the State of Wisconsin and are tax-exempt general obligation bonds.
There were no sales of securities available-for-sale during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 .
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available-for-sale by contractual maturity at December 31, 2012 are shown below.
Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers have the right to call or prepay obligations without call or prepayment
penalties.
Amortized Cost
Estimated
Fair Value
Due in one year or less
Due in one year through five years
Due in five through ten years
Due in over ten years
$
$
(In Thousands)
5 $
14,130
23,473
159,453
197,061 $
5
14,184
23,866
162,541
200,596
The table below shows the Corporation’s gross unrealized losses and fair value of investments, aggregated by investment category and length of
time that individual investments were in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2012 and 2011 . At December 31, 2012 and
2011 , the Corporation had 30 securities and 9 securities that were in an unrealized loss position, respectively. Such securities have not
experienced credit rating downgrades, but have primarily declined in value due to the current interest rate environment. At December 31, 2012 ,
the Corporation held no securities that had been in a continuous loss position for twelve months or greater.
The Corporation also has not specifically identified securities in a loss position that it intends to sell in the near term and does not believe that it
will be required to sell any such securities. It is expected that the Corporation will recover the entire amortized cost basis of each security based
upon an evaluation of the present value of the expected future cash flows. Accordingly, no other than temporary impairment was recorded in the
consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 .
A summary of unrealized loss information for available-for-sale securities, categorized by security type follows:
U.S. Government agency obligations -
government-sponsored enterprises
Municipal obligations
Collateralized mortgage obligations -
government issued
Collateralized mortgage obligations -
government-sponsored enterprises
Less than 12 months
As of December 31, 2012
12 months or longer
Total
Fair value
Unrealized
losses
Fair value
Unrealized
losses
Fair value
Unrealized
losses
(In Thousands)
$
2,992 $
3,450
8 $
43
— $
—
— $
—
2,992 $
3,450
12,990
68
—
—
12,990
5,075
24,507 $
$
19
138 $
—
— $
—
— $
5,075
24,507 $
8
43
68
19
138
70
Table of Contents
Collateralized mortgage obligations -
government issued
Collateralized mortgage obligations -
government-sponsored enterprises
Less than 12 months
As of December 31, 2011
12 months or longer
Total
Fair value
Unrealized
losses
Fair value
Unrealized
losses
Fair value
Unrealized
losses
(In Thousands)
$
16,336 $
64 $
— $
— $
16,336 $
2,076
18,412 $
$
15
79 $
—
— $
—
— $
2,076
18,412 $
64
15
79
At December 31, 2012 and 2011 , securities with a fair value of $23.1 million and $19.6 million , respectively, were pledged to secure interest
rate swap contracts, outstanding Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") advances and client letters of credit. Securities pledged also provide for
future availability for additional advances from the FHLB.
Note 4 – Loan and Lease Receivables, Impaired Loans and Leases and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
Loan and lease receivables consist of the following:
Commercial real estate
Commercial real estate — owner occupied
Commercial real estate — non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Total commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total consumer and other
Total gross loans and leases receivable
Less:
Allowance for loan and lease losses
Deferred loan fees
Loans and leases receivable, net
December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011
(In Thousands)
$
$
144,988 $
323,660
64,966
58,454
31,943
624,011
256,458
15,926
4,642
11,671
16,313
912,708
15,400
748
896,560 $
150,528
304,597
38,124
43,905
43,513
580,667
237,099
17,128
4,970
11,682
16,652
851,546
14,155
704
836,687
The total principal amount of loans transferred to third parties, which consisted solely of participation interests in originated loans, during the
years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $58.3 million and $29.0 million , respectively. Each of the transfers of these financial assets met
the qualifications for sale accounting and therefore $58.3 million and $29.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 ,
respectively, has been derecognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Corporation has a continuing involvement in each of the
agreements by way of relationship management and servicing the loans; however, there are no further obligations required of the Corporation in
the event of default, other than standard representations and warranties related to sold amounts. The loans were transferred at their fair value and
no gain or loss was recognized upon the transfer as the participation interest was transferred at or near the date of loan origination. There were no
other significant purchases or sales of loan and lease receivables or transfers to loans held for sale during the years ended December 31, 2012
and 2011 .
71
Table of Contents
The total amount of outstanding loans transferred to third parties as loan participations sold at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was
$50.1 million and $49.2 million , respectively, all of which were treated as a sale and derecognized under the applicable accounting guidance in
effect at the time of the transfers of the financial assets. The Corporation's continuing involvement with these loans is by way of partial
ownership, relationship management and all servicing responsibilities. As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 , the total amount of
the Corporation's partial ownership of loans on the Corporation’s balance sheet was $71.9 million and $74.6 million , respectively. As of
December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 , $3.2 million and $3.4 million of the loans in this participation sold portfolio were considered
impaired, respectively. Since December 2010, the Corporation recognized a total $2.7 million charge-off associated with specific credits within
the retained portion of this portfolio of loans in accordance with the Corporation’s allowance for loan and lease loss measurement process and
policies. The Corporation does not share in the participant’s portion of the charge-offs. The total amount of loan participations purchased on the
Corporation's balance sheet as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was $674,000 and $689,000 , respectively.
Certain of the Corporation's executive officers, directors and their related interests are loan clients of the Banks. As of December 31, 2012 and
2011 , loans aggregating approximately $11.4 million and $11.3 million , respectively, were outstanding to such parties. New loans granted to
such parties during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were approximately $1.4 million and $181,000 and repayments on such loans
were approximately $1.2 million and $6.8 million , respectively. These loans were made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially
the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans not related to the lender. None of these loans were considered impaired.
The following information illustrates ending balances of the Corporation’s loan and lease portfolio, including impaired loans by class of
receivable, and considering certain credit quality indicators as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 :
As of December 31, 2012
Commercial real estate:
Commercial real estate — owner occupied
Commercial real estate — non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Total commercial real estate
$
I
117,180
267,884
49,134
50,808
18,255
503,261
Category
II
III
(Dollars in Thousands)
IV
Total
$
$
$
9,688
29,553
2,037
6,810
4,657
52,745
17,351
22,992
8,384
790
7,873
57,390
$
769
3,231
5,411
46
1,158
10,615
144,988
323,660
64,966
58,454
31,943
624,011
Commercial and industrial
233,524
9,922
10,170
2,842
256,458
Direct financing leases, net
10,486
3,897
1,543
—
15,926
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total consumer and other
3,525
10,641
14,166
157
—
157
220
—
220
740
1,030
1,770
Total gross loans and leases receivable
Category as a % of total portfolio
$
761,437
$
66,721
$
69,323
$
15,227
$
83.43 %
7.31 %
7.60 %
1.67 %
4,642
11,671
16,313
912,708
100.00 %
72
Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2011
Commercial real estate:
Commercial real estate — owner occupied
Commercial real estate — non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Total commercial real estate
$
I
117,065
236,868
20,660
34,162
23,266
432,021
Category
II
III
(Dollars in Thousands)
IV
Total
$
$
$
16,488
34,823
5,367
6,930
11,637
75,245
14,004
30,657
4,867
804
4,993
55,325
$
2,971
2,249
7,230
2,009
3,617
18,076
150,528
304,597
38,124
43,905
43,513
580,667
Commercial and industrial
198,018
25,070
12,453
1,558
237,099
Direct financing leases, net
11,398
5,026
686
18
17,128
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total consumer and other
3,524
10,459
13,983
188
—
188
256
—
256
1,002
1,223
2,225
Total gross loans and leases receivable
Category as a % of total portfolio
$
655,420
$
105,529
$
68,720
$
21,877
$
76.97 %
12.39 %
8.07 %
2.57 %
4,970
11,682
16,652
851,546
100.00 %
Credit underwriting through a committee process is a key component of the Corporation’s operating philosophy. Business development officers
have relatively low individual lending authority limits, and thus a significant portion of the Corporation’s new credit extensions require approval
from a loan approval committee regardless of the type of loan or lease, asset quality grade of the credit, amount of the credit, or the related
complexities of each proposal. In addition, the Corporation makes every effort to ensure that there is appropriate collateral at the time of
origination to protect the Corporation’s interest in the related loan or lease.
Each credit is evaluated for proper risk rating upon origination, at the time of each subsequent renewal, upon receipt and evaluation of updated
financial information from our borrowers, or as other circumstances dictate. The Corporation uses a nine grade risk rating system to monitor the
ongoing credit quality of its loans and leases. The risk rating grades follow a consistent definition, but are then applied to specific loan types
based on the nature of the loan. Each risk rating is subjective and, depending on the size and nature of the credit, subject to various levels of
review and concurrence on the stated risk rating. The Corporation groups loans into four loan and related risk categories which determine the
level and nature of review by management.
Category I — Loans and leases in this category are performing in accordance with the terms of the contract and generally exhibit no immediate
concerns regarding the security and viability of the underlying collateral, financial stability of the borrower, integrity or strength of the
borrower’s management team or the industry in which the borrower operates. Loans and leases in this category are not subject to additional
monitoring procedures above and beyond what is required at the origination or renewal of the loan or lease. The Corporation monitors Category
I loans and leases through payment performance, continued maintenance of our personal relationships with such borrowers and continued review
of such borrowers' compliance with the terms of the agreement.
Category II — Loans and leases in this category are beginning to show signs of deterioration in one or more of the Corporation’s core
underwriting criteria such as financial stability, management strength, industry trends and collateral values. Management will place credits in this
category to allow for proactive monitoring and resolution with the borrower to possibly mitigate the area of concern and prevent further
deterioration or risk of loss to the Corporation. Category II loans are considered performing but are monitored frequently by the assigned
business development officer and by a subcommittee of the Banks’ loan committees.
73
Table of Contents
Category III — Loans and leases in this category are identified by the Corporation’s business development officers and senior management as
warranting special attention. However, the balance in this category is not intended to represent the amount of adversely classified assets held by
the Banks. Category III loans and leases generally exhibit undesirable characteristics such as evidence of adverse financial trends and conditions,
managerial problems, deteriorating economic conditions within the related industry, or evidence of adverse public filings and may exhibit
collateral shortfall positions. Management continues to believe that it will collect all required principal and interest in accordance with the
original terms of the contract, and therefore Category III loans are considered performing with no specific reserves established for this category.
Category III loans are monitored on a monthly basis by management, the loan committees of the Banks, and the Banks’ Boards of Directors.
Category IV — Loans and leases in this category are considered to be impaired. Impaired loans and leases have been placed on non-accrual as
management has determined that it is unlikely that the Banks will receive the required principal and interest in accordance with the contractual
terms of the agreement. Impaired loans are individually evaluated to assess the need for the establishment of specific reserves or charge-offs.
When analyzing the adequacy of collateral, the Corporation obtains external appraisals at least annually for impaired loans and leases. External
appraisals are obtained from the Corporation’s approved appraiser listing and are independently reviewed to monitor the quality of such
appraisals. To the extent a collateral shortfall position is present, a specific reserve or charge-off will be recorded to reflect the magnitude of the
impairment. Loans and leases in this category are monitored on a monthly basis by management, the loan committees of the Banks, and the
Banks’ Boards of Directors.
Utilizing regulatory terminology, the Corporation identified $22.0 million and $42.6 million of loans and leases as Substandard as of
December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively. No loans were considered Special Mention, Doubtful or Loss as of both December 31, 2012 and
2011 . The population of Substandard loans is a subset of Category III and Category IV loans.
74
Table of Contents
The delinquency aging of the loan and lease portfolio by class of receivable as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:
As of December 31, 2012
30-59
days past due
60-89
days past due
Greater
than 90
days past due
Total past
due
(Dollars in Thousands)
Current
Total loans
Accruing loans and leases
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial & industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total
Non-accruing loans and leases
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial & industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total
Total loans and leases
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial & industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total
Percent of portfolio
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
210
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
210
—
2,415
—
—
74
57
—
—
—
2,546
210
2,415
—
—
74
57
—
$
$
$
$
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$
$
$
$
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
117
444
471
—
482
560
—
121
1,030
3,225
117
444
471
—
482
560
—
210
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
210
117
2,859
471
—
556
617
—
121
1,030
5,771
327
2,859
471
—
556
617
—
$ 144,009
320,789
60,020
58,408
30,937
253,616
15,926
$ 144,219
320,789
60,020
58,408
30,937
253,616
15,926
4,030
10,641
$ 898,376
4,030
10,641
$ 898,586
$
$
652
12
4,475
46
450
2,225
—
491
—
8,351
$
769
2,871
4,946
46
1,006
2,842
—
612
1,030
14,122
$
$ 144,661
320,801
64,495
58,454
31,387
255,841
15,926
$ 144,988
323,660
64,966
58,454
31,943
256,458
15,926
—
—
2,756
0.30 %
$
$
—
—
—
—%
$
121
1,030
3,225
0.36 %
$
75
121
1,030
5,981
0.66 %
4,521
10,641
$ 906,727
4,642
11,671
$ 912,708
99.34 %
100.00 %
Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2011
30-59
days past due
60-89
days past due
Greater
than 90
days past due
Total past
due
(Dollars in Thousands)
Current
Total loans
Accruing loans and leases
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial & industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total
Non-accruing loans and leases
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial & industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total
Total loans and leases
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial & industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total
Percent of portfolio
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
106
—
3,942
—
—
25
—
—
—
4,073
—
—
114
—
404
21
—
—
—
539
106
—
4,056
—
404
46
—
$
$
$
$
$
—
131
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
131
—
155
515
—
224
—
—
40
—
934
—
286
515
—
224
—
—
$
$
$
$
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2,011
1,625
704
2,009
495
298
—
315
1,222
8,679
2,011
1,625
704
2,009
495
298
—
106
131
3,942
—
—
25
—
$ 147,450
302,217
26,953
41,896
40,007
235,516
17,110
$ 147,556
302,348
30,895
41,896
40,007
235,541
17,110
—
—
4,204
3,968
10,459
$ 825,576
3,968
10,459
$ 829,780
$
2,011
1,780
1,333
2,009
1,123
319
—
$
961
469
5,896
—
2,383
1,239
18
2,972
2,249
7,229
2,009
3,506
1,558
18
355
1,222
10,152
$
647
1
11,614
$
1,002
1,223
21,766
2,117
1,911
5,275
2,009
1,123
344
—
$ 148,411
302,686
32,849
41,896
42,390
236,755
17,128
$ 150,528
304,597
38,124
43,905
43,513
237,099
17,128
—
—
4,612
0.54 %
$
40
—
1,065
0.12 %
$
315
1,222
8,679
1.02 %
$
355
1,222
14,356
4,615
10,460
$ 837,190
4,970
11,682
$ 851,546
1.68 %
98.32 %
100.00 %
$
76
Table of Contents
The Corporation’s non-accrual loans and leases consisted of the following at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
Non-accrual loans and leases
Commercial real estate:
Commercial real estate — owner occupied
Commercial real estate — non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Total non-accrual commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgage
Other
Total non-accrual consumer and other loans
Total non-accrual loans and leases
Foreclosed properties, net
Total non-performing assets
Performing troubled debt restructurings
Total non-accrual loans and leases to gross loans and leases
Total non-performing assets to total gross loans and leases plus foreclosed properties, net
Total non-performing assets to total assets
Allowance for loan and lease losses to gross loans and leases
Allowance for loan and lease losses to non-accrual loans and leases
December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011
(Dollars in Thousands)
$
769 $
2,871
4,946
46
1,006
9,638
2,842
—
612
1,030
1,642
14,122
1,574
15,696 $
1,105 $
$
$
2,972
2,249
7,229
2,009
3,506
17,965
1,558
18
1,002
1,223
2,225
21,766
2,236
24,002
111
December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011
1.55 %
1.72
1.28
1.69
109.05
2.56 %
2.81
2.04
1.66
65.03
As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 , $8.8 million and $13.3 million of the impaired loans were considered troubled debt
restructurings, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 , there were no unfunded commitments associated with troubled debt restructured loans
and leases.
77
Table of Contents
Troubled debt restructurings:
Commercial real estate
Commercial real estate —
owner occupied
Commercial real estate — non-
owner occupied
Construction and land
development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial and industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second
mortgage
Other
Total
Number
of
Loans
As of December 31, 2012
Pre-Modification
Recorded
Investment
Post-Modification
Recorded
Investment
Number
of
Loans
As of December 31, 2011
Pre-Modification
Recorded
Investment
Post-Modification
Recorded
Investment
(Dollars in Thousands)
5
5
4
1
13
7
—
$
338 $
885
8,044
184
1,674
2,250
—
303
803
5
6
4,953
4
47 —
15
9
1
1,132
931
—
$
380 $
971
8,457
—
3,152
2,394
32
352
902
5,692
—
3,031
1,393
18
7
1
43
$
865
2,076
16,316 $
726
1,030
9,925
8
1
49
$
865
2,076
18,327 $
813
1,222
13,423
All loans and leases modified as a troubled debt restructuring are evaluated for impairment. The nature and extent of the impairment of
restructured loans, including those which have experienced a default, is considered in the determination of an appropriate level of the allowance
for loan and lease losses.
78
Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2012 and 2011 , our troubled debt restructurings grouped by type of concession were as follows:
Commercial real estate
Extension of term
Combination of extension and interest rate
concession
Commercial and industrial
Extension of term
Combination of extension and interest rate
concession
Consumer and other
Extension of term
Combination of extension and interest rate
concession
Direct financing leases, net
Extension of term
Total
As of December 31, 2012
As of December 31, 2011
Number
of
Loans
Recorded Investment
Number
of
Loans
Recorded Investment
(Dollars in Thousands)
2 $
26
3
4
2
6
—
43 $
117
7,121
241
689
1,117
640
—
9,925
2 $
28
5
4
5
4
1
49 $
127
9,850
406
987
1,603
432
18
13,423
The following table provides the number of loans and leases modified in a troubled debt restructuring during the previous 12 months which
subsequently defaulted during the year ended December 31, 2012 , as well as the recorded investment in these restructured loans as of
December 31, 2012 .
Commercial real estate:
Commercial real estate — owner occupied
Commercial real estate — non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial and industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgage
Other
Total
79
Year ended December 31, 2012
Number
of
Loans
Recorded Investment
(Dollars in Thousands)
—
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
$
$
—
—
110
—
—
—
—
—
—
110
Table of Contents
The following represents additional information regarding the Corporation’s impaired loans and leases by class:
Impaired Loans and Leases
As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2012
Recorded
investment
Unpaid
principal
balance
Impairment
reserve
Average
recorded
investment (1)
(In Thousands)
Foregone
interest
income
Interest
income
recognized
Net
foregone
interest
income
$
$
$
$
$
With no impairment reserve
recorded:
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial and industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total
With impairment reserve recorded:
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial and industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total
Total:
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial and industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
741 $
648
4,946
47
544
2,394
—
741 $
648
8,537
414
677
2,404
—
656
1,030
11,006 $
657
1,620
15,698 $
28 $
28 $
2,582
465
—
614
447
—
2,582
465
—
614
3,137
—
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
16 $
829
174
—
224
187
—
85
—
4,221 $
85
—
6,911 $
87
—
1,517 $
769 $
769 $
3,230
5,411
47
1,158
2,841
—
3,230
9,002
414
1,291
5,541
—
16 $
829
174
—
224
187
—
1,482 $
1,239
5,834
313
2,213
1,987
4
142 $
222
246
69
151
163
—
913
1,150
15,135 $
55
113
1,161 $
30 $
162
528
—
637
1,350
—
103
—
2,810 $
1,512 $
1,401
6,362
313
2,850
3,337
4
2 $
33
15
—
36
178
—
7
—
271 $
144 $
255
261
69
187
341
—
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Grand total
741
1,030
15,227 $
742
1,620
22,609 $
87
—
1,517 $
1,016
1,150
17,945 $
62
113
1,432 $
$
(1) Average recorded investment is calculated primarily using daily average balances.
80
2 $
207
24
60
—
25
1
1
1
321 $
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
2 $
207
24
60
—
25
1
1
1
321 $
140
15
222
9
151
138
(1 )
54
112
840
2
33
15
—
36
178
—
7
—
271
142
48
237
9
187
316
(1 )
61
112
1,111
Table of Contents
Impaired Loans and Leases
As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2011
Recorded
investment
Unpaid
principal
balance
Impairment
reserve
Average
recorded
investment (1)
(In Thousands)
Foregone
interest
income
Interest
income
recognized
Net
Foregone
Interest
Income
With no impairment reserve
recorded:
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial and industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total
With impairment reserve recorded:
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial and industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total
Total:
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial and industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Grand total
$
$
$
$
$
$
2,455 $
2,249
6,383
2,009
2,628
1,139
—
3,669 $
4,081
9,927
2,246
3,016
1,320
—
803
1,222
18,888 $
827
1,682
26,768 $
517 $
—
846
—
989
419
18
517 $
—
846
—
989
419
18
199
1
2,989 $
199
1
2,989 $
2,972 $
2,249
7,229
2,009
3,617
1,558
18
1,002
1,223
21,877 $
4,186 $
4,081
10,773
2,246
4,005
1,739
18
1,026
1,683
29,757 $
(1) Average recorded investment is calculated primarily using daily average balances.
81
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
13 $
—
130
34
337
276
18
79
1
888 $
13 $
—
130
34
337
276
18
79
1
888 $
5,177 $
5,261
7,974
3,075
3,160
3,820
—
450 $
424
350
362
277
384
—
884
1,691
31,042 $
62
138
2,447 $
358 $
—
483
287
1,017
384
13
208
1
2,751 $
5,535 $
5,261
8,457
3,362
4,177
4,204
13
81 $
—
48
—
61
24
1
20
—
235 $
531 $
424
398
362
338
408
1
1,092
1,692
33,793 $
82
138
2,682 $
200 $
—
48
—
108
424
—
1
6
787 $
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
200 $
—
48
—
108
424
—
1
6
787 $
250
424
302
362
169
(40 )
—
61
132
1,660
81
—
48
—
61
24
1
20
—
235
331
424
350
362
230
(16 )
1
81
132
1,895
Table of Contents
The difference between the loans and leases recorded investment and the unpaid principal balance of $7.4 million and $7.9 million as of
December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively, represents partial charge-offs resulting from confirmed losses due to the value of the collateral
securing the loans and leases being less than the carrying values of the loans and leases. Impaired loans and leases also included $1.1 million and
$111,000 of loans that were performing troubled debt restructurings, and thus, while not on non-accrual, were reported as impaired, due to the
concession in terms. When a loan is placed on non-accrual, interest accruals are discontinued and previously accrued but uncollected interest is
deducted from interest income. Cash payments collected on non-accrual loans are first applied to principal. Foregone interest represents the
interest that was contractually due on the note but not received or recorded. To the extent the amount of principal on a non-accrual note is fully
collected and additional cash is received, the Corporation will recognize interest income.
To determine the level and composition of the allowance for loan and lease losses, the Corporation breaks out the loan and lease portfolio by
segments and risk ratings. First, the Corporation evaluates loans and leases for potential impairment classification. The Corporation analyzes
each loan and lease determined to be impaired on an individual basis to determine a specific reserve based upon the estimated value of the
underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans, or alternatively, the present value of expected cash flows. The Corporation applies historical
trends from established risk factors to each category of loans and leases that has not been individually evaluated for the purpose of establishing
the general portion of the allowance.
A summary of the activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses by portfolio segment is as follows:
Allowance for credit losses:
Beginning balance
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision
Ending balance
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit
quality
Loans and lease receivables:
Ending balance, gross
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit
quality
Allowance as % of gross loans
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Commercial
real estate
As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2012
Commercial
and
industrial
Direct
financing
leases, net
Consumer
and other
(Dollars in Thousands)
$
9,554
(612 )
375
1,376
10,693
1,244
9,449
$
$
$
$
3,977
(2,739 )
66
2,825
4,129
186
3,943
$
$
$
$
384
(128 )
40
75
371
87
284
$
$
$
$
240
—
—
(33 )
207
—
207
$
$
$
Total
14,155
(3,479 )
481
4,243
15,400
1,517
13,883
—
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
—
624,011
10,614
613,397
$
$
$
256,458
2,842
253,616
$
$
$
16,313
1,771
14,542
$
$
$
15,926
—
15,926
$
$
$
912,708
15,227
897,481
$
—
1.71 %
$
—
1.61 %
$
—
2.27 %
$
—
1.30 %
—
1.69 %
82
Table of Contents
Commercial
real estate
As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2011
Commercial
and
industrial
Direct
financing
leases, net
Consumer
and other
(Dollars in Thousands)
Allowance for credit losses:
Beginning balance
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision
Ending balance
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit
quality
Loans and lease receivables:
Ending balance, gross
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit
quality
Allowance as % of gross loans
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Total
16,271
(7,230 )
864
4,250
14,155
888
13,267
$
11,267
(6,334 )
302
4,319
9,554
514
9,040
$
$
$
$
4,277
(475 )
473
(298 )
3,977
276
3,701
$
$
$
$
482
(421 )
70
253
384
80
304
$
$
$
$
245
—
19
(24 )
240
18
222
$
$
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
—
580,667
18,076
562,591
$
$
$
237,099
1,558
235,541
$
$
$
16,652
2,225
14,427
$
$
$
17,128
18
17,110
$
$
$
851,546
21,877
829,669
$
—
1.65 %
$
—
1.68 %
$
—
2.31 %
$
—
1.40 %
—
1.66 %
The Corporation’s net investment in direct financing leases consists of the following:
Minimum lease payments receivable
Estimated unguaranteed residual values in leased property
Initial direct costs
Less unearned lease and residual income
Investment in commercial direct financing leases
As of December 31,
2012
2011
(In Thousands)
$
$
12,951 $
4,366
29
(1,420 )
15,926 $
13,483
5,313
25
(1,693 )
17,128
There were no impairments of residual value of leased property during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 .
The Corporation leases equipment under direct financing leases expiring in future years. Some of these leases provide for additional rents, based
on use in excess of a stipulated minimum number of hours, and generally allow the lessees to purchase the equipment for fair value at the end of
the lease term.
83
Table of Contents
Future aggregate maturities of minimum lease payments to be received are as follows:
(In Thousands)
Maturities during year ended December 31,
2013 $
2014
2015
2016
2017
Thereafter
$
5,045
3,481
2,221
1,273
679
252
12,951
Note 5 – Leasehold Improvements and Equipment
A summary of leasehold improvements and equipment at December 31, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:
Leasehold improvements
Furniture and equipment
Construction and purchases in progress
Less: accumulated depreciation
Total leasehold improvements and equipment, net
Note 6 – Other Assets
As of December 31,
2012
2011
(In Thousands)
1,263 $
3,031
77
4,371
(3,403 )
968 $
1,398
2,867
—
4,265
(3,266 )
999
$
$
The Corporation is a limited partner in several limited partnership investments. The Corporation is not the general partner, does not have
controlling ownership, and is not the primary variable interest holder in any of these limited partnerships. The Corporation’s share of the
partnerships’ income included in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $678,000 and
$495,000 , respectively. The Corporation had an equity investment in Aldine Capital Fund, LP, a mezzanine fund, of $2.0 million and $2.2
million recorded as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 . The Corporation had a remaining commitment to provide funds of $960,000 at
December 31, 2012 . The Corporation also has one tax-preferred limited partnership equity investment, Chapel Valley Senior Housing, LP. At
December 31, 2012 and 2011 , there was a zero cost basis remaining in this tax-preferred limited partnership equity investment.
The Corporation is the sole owner of $315,000 of common securities issued by Trust II, a Delaware business trust. The purpose of Trust II was
to complete the sale of $10.0 million of 10.5% fixed rate trust preferred securities. Trust II, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, was
not consolidated into the financial statements of the Corporation. The investment in Trust II of $315,000 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 is
included in accrued interest receivable and other assets.
84
Table of Contents
A summary of accrued interest receivable and other assets is as follows:
Accrued interest receivable
Deferred tax assets, net
Investment in limited partnerships
Investment in Trust II
Fair value of interest rate swaps
Prepaid expenses
Other
Total
Note 7 – Deposits
Deposits consisted of the following:
Non-interest-bearing transaction
accounts
Interest-bearing transaction accounts
Money market accounts
Certificates of deposit
Brokered certificates of deposit
Total deposits
As of December 31,
2012
2011
(In thousands)
$
$
3,217 $
4,583
2,000
315
3,069
1,453
2,771
17,408 $
3,525
2,482
2,216
315
3,434
1,467
3,298
16,737
December 31, 2012
Weighted
average
balance
Weighted
average rate
Balance
(Dollars in Thousands)
Balance
December 31, 2011
Weighted
average
balance
Weighted
average rate
$
161,985 $
43,542
443,743
68,599
374,385
137,117
34,180
395,259
82,430
400,695
$ 1,092,254 $ 1,049,681
—% $
132,230 $
23,004
364,082
85,331
446,665
112,899
25,389
300,652
80,323
486,594
$ 1,051,312 $ 1,005,857
0.28
0.76
1.17
2.23
1.24
—%
0.28
0.99
1.38
2.66
1.70
A summary of annual maturities of certificates of deposit outstanding at December 31, 2012 follows:
(In Thousands)
Maturities during year ended December 31,
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
Thereafter
$
$
191,716
124,134
65,911
23,826
5,114
32,283
442,984
Deposits include approximately $35.6 million and $54.0 million of certificates of deposit, including brokered deposits, which are denominated in
amounts of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
85
Table of Contents
Note 8 – FHLB Advances, Other Borrowings and Junior Subordinated Notes
The composition of borrowed funds at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was as follows:
December 31, 2012
Weighted
average
balance
Balance
Weighted
average
Balance
rate
(Dollars in Thousands)
December 31, 2011
Weighted
average
balance
Weighted
average
rate
Federal funds purchased
FHLB advances
Line of credit
Subordinated notes payable
Junior subordinated notes
Short-term borrowings
Long-term borrowings
$
$
$
$
— $
469
10
11,926
10,315
22,720 $
479
22,241
22,720
237
2,034
1,666
37,481
10,315
51,733
0.82 % $
1.59
4.07
7.02
10.81
7.46
$
— $
482
810
39,000
10,315
50,607 $
252
656
2,236
39,000
10,315
52,459
0.90 %
5.83
4.06
6.12
10.78
6.94
$
$
810
49,797
50,607
The Corporation’s FHLB advances fully mature in February 2013. At December 31, 2012 and 2011 , there were no securities sold under
agreements to repurchase. There were no outstanding federal funds purchased at any month-end during fiscal years December 31, 2012 and
2011 .
The Corporation has a $21.7 million FHLB line of credit available for advances and open line borrowings which are collateralized by mortgage-
related securities, unencumbered first mortgage loans and secured small business loans as noted below. At December 31, 2012 , $21.2 million of
this line remained unused. There were no advances outstanding on the Corporation’s open line at December 31, 2012 and 2011 . Term FHLB
advances totaled $469,000 and $482,000 at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively. These advances bear fixed interest rates which ranged
from 5.91% to 6.06% at each of December 31, 2012 and 2011 , and are subject to a prepayment fee if they are repaid prior to maturity. None of
the Corporation’s FHLB advances are putable.
The Corporation is required to maintain, as collateral, mortgage-related securities and unencumbered first mortgage loans and secured small
business loans in its portfolio aggregating at least the amount of outstanding advances from the FHLB. Loans totaling approximately $35.4
million and $23.9 million and collateralized mortgage obligations totaling approximately $18.9 million and $11.8 million were pledged as
collateral for FHLB advances and unused available credit at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
The Corporation has a senior line of credit with a third-party financial institution of $10.5 million . As of December 31, 2012, the line of credit
carried an interest rate of LIBOR + 2.75% with a floor of 4.00% and had certain performance debt covenants of which the Corporation was in
compliance. The Corporation pays an unused line fee on its senior line of credit. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 , the
Corporation incurred $11,000 and $10,000 of additional interest expense due to this fee. On February 19, 2013, the credit line was renewed for
one additional year with pricing terms of LIBOR + 2.75% with an interest rate floor of 3.25% , a maturity date of February 19, 2014, and the
inclusion of certain performance covenants. As of February 19, 2013, the Corporation was in compliance with all debt covenants under the
renewed line of credit.
The Corporation has subordinated notes payable. At December 31, 2012 and 2011 , the amount of subordinated notes payable outstanding was
$11.9 million and $39.0 million , respectively. The subordinated notes payable qualify for Tier 2 capital. At December 31, 2012 , $5.7 million of
the subordinated notes bore an interest rate of LIBOR + 4.75% with an interest rate floor of 7.00% and $6.2 million bore a fixed interest rate of
7.50% . There are no debt covenants on the subordinated notes payable. $5.7 million of the subordinated notes outstanding as of December 31,
2012 were held by a third party financial institution. This note was renewed in February 2013. The pricing and maturity date of this renewed
instrument is LIBOR + 4.75% with an interest rate floor of 6.00% and May 15, 2021 , respectively. The remaining $6.2 million of the
subordinated notes consists of notes which the Corporation offered and sold to certain accredited investors in 2012. The notes were structured to
qualify as Tier 2 capital, mature on January 15, 2022 and bear a fixed interest rate of 7.50% per year for their entire term. The Corporation may,
at its option, redeem the notes, in whole or part, at any time after the fifth anniversary of issuance. The Corporation used the net proceeds from
the sale of the notes to repay a portion of its then-existing $39.0 million of other subordinated notes. In
86
Table of Contents
December 2012, the Corporation successfully raised approximately $29.1 million through the issuance of 1,265,000 shares of common stock at a
price of $23.00 per share. The net proceeds of the offering, approximately $27.1 million , were immediately used to further repay a portion of its
existing $39.0 million of subordinated notes.
In September 2008 , Trust II completed the sale of $10.0 million of 10.5% fixed rate trust preferred securities ("Preferred Securities"). Trust II
also issued common securities of $315,000 . Trust II used the proceeds from the offering to purchase $10.3 million of 10.5% Junior
Subordinated Notes (“Notes”) of the Corporation. The Preferred Securities are mandatorily redeemable upon the maturity of the Notes on
September 26, 2038 . The Preferred Securities qualify under the risk-based capital guidelines as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes. Per the
provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, bank holding companies with total assets of less than $15 billion are not required to phase out trust preferred
securities as an element of Tier 1 capital as other, larger institutions must. The Corporation used the proceeds from the sale of the Notes for
general corporate purposes including providing additional capital to its subsidiaries. Debt issuance costs of approximately $428,000 were
capitalized in 2008 and are amortizing over the life of the Notes as an adjustment to interest expense. As of December 31, 2012 , $368,000 of
debt issuance costs remain reflected in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.
The Corporation has the right to redeem the Notes at any time on or after September 26, 2013 . The Corporation also has the right to redeem the
Notes, in whole but not in part, after the occurrence of a special event. Special events are limited to: (1) a change in capital treatment resulting in
the inability of the Corporation to include the Notes in Tier 1 capital, (2) a change in laws or regulations that could require Trust II to register as
an investment company under The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; and (3) a change in laws or regulations that would require
Trust II to pay income tax with respect to interest received on the Notes or, prohibit the Corporation from deducting the interest payable by the
Corporation on the Notes or result in greater than a de minimis amount of taxes for Trust II.
Trust II, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, was not consolidated into the financial statements of the Corporation. Therefore, the
Corporation presents in its Consolidated Financial Statements junior subordinated notes as a liability and its investment in Trust II as a
component of other assets.
Note 9 – Stockholders’ Equity and Regulatory Capital
On June 5, 2008, the Board of Directors declared a dividend of one common share purchase right for each outstanding share of common stock,
$0.01 par value per share (common shares) of the Corporation. The dividend was paid on July 15, 2008. Each right entitles the registered holder
to purchase from the Corporation one-half of one common share, at a price of $85.00 per full common share (equivalent to $42.50 for each one-
half of a common share), subject to adjustment. The rights will be exercisable only if a person or group acquires 15% or more of the
Corporation’s common stock or announces a tender offer for such stock. Under conditions described in the Shareholder Rights Plan, holders of
rights may acquire additional shares of the Corporation’s common stock. The value of shares acquired under the plan would have a market value
of two times the then-current per share purchase price. The rights will expire on June 5, 2018.
The Corporation and the Banks are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by Federal and State of Wisconsin banking
agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary actions on the part
of regulators, that if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Banks’ assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as
calculated under regulatory practices. The Corporation’s and the Banks’ capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative
judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. The Corporation has updated its Capital and Liquidity Action
Plan (the “Capital Plan”), which is designed to help ensure appropriate capital adequacy, to plan for future capital needs and to ensure that the
Corporation serves as a source of financial strength to the Banks. The Corporation’s and the Banks’ Boards of Directors and management teams
adhere to the appropriate regulatory guidelines on decisions which affect their capital position, including but not limited to, decisions relating to
the payment of dividends and increasing indebtedness.
As a bank holding company, the Corporation’s ability to pay dividends is affected by the policies and enforcement powers of the Federal
Reserve. Federal Reserve guidance urges companies to strongly consider eliminating, deferring or significantly reducing dividends if: (i) net
income available to common shareholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully
fund the dividend; (ii) the prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent with the bank holding company’s capital needs and overall
current prospective financial condition; or (iii) the bank holding company will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory
capital ratios. Management intends, when appropriate under regulatory guidelines, to consult with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago and
provide it with information on the Corporation’s then-current and prospective earnings and capital position in advance of declaring any cash
dividends.
87
Table of Contents
The Banks are also subject to certain legal, regulatory and other restrictions on their ability to pay dividends to the Corporation. As a bank
holding company, the payment of dividends by the Banks to the Corporation is one of the sources of funds the Corporation could use to pay
dividends, if any, in the future and to make other payments. Future dividend decisions by the Banks and the Corporation will continue to be
subject to compliance with various legal, regulatory and other restrictions as defined from time to time.
Qualitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Corporation and the Banks to maintain minimum amounts
and ratios of Total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets and of Tier 1 capital to average assets. Tier 1 capital generally consists of
stockholders’ equity plus certain qualifying debentures and other specified items less intangible assets such as goodwill. Risk-based capital
requirements presently address credit risk related to both recorded and off-balance-sheet commitments and obligations. Management believes, as
of December 31, 2012 , that the Corporation and the Banks met all applicable capital adequacy requirements.
As of December 31, 2012 , the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the State of Wisconsin Department
of Financial Institutions categorized the Banks as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.
The following table summarizes the Corporation and Banks’ capital ratios and the ratios required by its federal regulators at December 31, 2012
and 2011 , respectively:
As of December 31, 2012
Total capital
(to risk-weighted assets)
Consolidated
First Business Bank
First Business Bank – Milwaukee
Tier 1 capital
(to risk-weighted assets)
Consolidated
First Business Bank
First Business Bank – Milwaukee
Tier 1 capital
(to average assets)
Consolidated
First Business Bank
First Business Bank – Milwaukee
$
$
$
Actual
Minimum Required for Capital
Adequacy Purposes
Minimum Required to be Well
Capitalized Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Requirements
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
(Dollars In Thousands)
132,042
115,613
15,743
12.97 % $
12.73
14.60
81,452
72,640
8,626
8.00 %
8.00
8.00
$
N/A
90,800
10,783
N/A
10.00 %
10.00
107,356
104,232
14,392
107,356
104,232
14,392
$
$
10.54
11.48
13.35
8.99
10.49
6.72
88
40,726
36,320
4,313
47,750
39,731
8,563
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
$
$
N/A
54,480
6,470
N/A
49,664
10,703
N/A
6.00
6.00
N/A
5.00
5.00
Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2011
Total capital
(to risk-weighted assets)
Consolidated
First Business Bank
First Business Bank – Milwaukee
Tier 1 capital
(to risk-weighted assets)
Consolidated
First Business Bank
First Business Bank – Milwaukee
Tier 1 capital
(to average assets)
Consolidated
First Business Bank
First Business Bank – Milwaukee
Actual
Minimum Required for Capital
Adequacy Purposes
Minimum Required to be Well
Capitalized Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Requirements
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
(Dollars In Thousands)
$ 118,895
108,860
15,074
13.11 % $
13.39
16.11
72,559
65,058
7,484
8.00 %
8.00
8.00
$
N/A
81,322
9,355
N/A
10.00 %
10.00
$ 71,723
98,666
13,898
$
7.91
12.13
14.86
36,279
32,529
3,742
$ 71,723
98,666
13,898
$
6.22
9.98
7.95
46,152
39,556
6,993
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
$
$
N/A
48,793
5,613
N/A
49,445
8,741
N/A
6.00
6.00
N/A
5.00
5.00
The following table reconciles stockholders’ equity to federal regulatory capital at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
Stockholders’ equity of the Corporation
Unrealized and accumulated gains and losses on specific items
Trust preferred securities
Tier 1 capital
Allowable general valuation allowances and subordinated debt
Risk-based capital
As of December 31,
2012
2011
(In Thousands)
$
$
99,539 $
(2,183 )
10,000
107,356
24,686
132,042 $
64,214
(2,491 )
10,000
71,723
47,172
118,895
In December 2012 , the Corporation successfully raised approximately $29.1 million through the issuance of 1,265,000 shares of common stock
at a price of $23.00 per share. The net proceeds of the offering, approximately $27.1 million , were immediately used to repay a portion of
subordinated debt. As of December 31, 2012 capital ratios remained in excess of the highest applicable required regulatory benchmark levels. In
addition, the common stock offering improved the composition of the Corporation's capital by increasing Tier 1 capital in the form of equity and
allowing it to pay down Tier 2 capital previously in the form of subordinated debt.
Note 10 – Earnings per Common Share
Earnings per common share is computed using the two-class method. Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income
allocated to common shares by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the applicable period, excluding outstanding
participating securities. Participating securities include unvested restricted shares. Unvested restricted shares are considered participating
securities because holders of these securities receive non-forfeitable dividends at the same rate as holders of the Corporation’s common stock.
Diluted earnings per share are computed by dividing net income allocated to common shares adjusted for reallocation of undistributed earnings
of unvested restricted shares by the weighted average number of shares determined for the basic earnings per common share computation plus
the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents using the treasury stock method.
89
Table of Contents
For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 , average anti-dilutive employee share-based awards totaled 115,236 and 150,321 ,
respectively.
Basic earnings per common share
Net income
Less: earnings allocated to participating securities
Basic earnings allocated to common shareholders
For the Year Ended December 31,
2012
2011
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share
Data)
$
$
8,926 $
329
8,597 $
8,425
325
8,100
Weighted-average common shares outstanding, excluding participating securities
2,608,961
2,507,826
Basic earnings per common share
$
3.30 $
3.23
Diluted earnings per common share
Earnings allocated to common shareholders
Reallocation of undistributed earnings
Diluted earnings allocated to common shareholders
$
$
8,597 $
—
8,597 $
8,100
—
8,100
Weighted-average common shares outstanding, excluding participating securities
Dilutive effect of share-based awards
Weighted-average diluted common shares outstanding, excluding participating securities
2,608,961
1,911
2,610,872
2,507,826
—
2,507,826
Diluted earnings per common share
$
3.29 $
3.23
Note 11 – Share-Based Compensation
The Corporation adopted the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) during the quarter ended June 30, 2012. The Plan is administered by the
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and provides for the grant of equity ownership opportunities through,
among other things, incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options (“Stock Options”), restricted stock, restricted stock units and
dividend equivalent units. Shares previously available for grant under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2006 Plan"), which was terminated
on May 14, 2012, were transferred to the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. As of December 31, 2012 , 218,115 shares were available for future grants
under the Plan. Shares covered by awards that expire, terminate or lapse will again be available for the grant of awards under the Plan. The
Corporation may issue new shares and shares from treasury for shares delivered under the Plan.
Stock Options
The Corporation may grant Stock Options to senior executives and other employees under the Plan. Stock Options generally have an exercise
price that is equal to the fair value of the common shares on the date the option is awarded. Stock Options granted under the plans are subject to
graded vesting, generally ranging from 4 years to 8 years , and have a contractual term of 10 years . For any new awards issued, compensation
expense is recognized over the requisite service period for the entire award on a straight-line basis. No Stock Options were granted since the
Corporation became a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and no Stock Options have been modified, repurchased or
cancelled since that time. Therefore, no stock-based compensation related to Stock Options was recognized in the Consolidated Financial
Statements for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 . As of December 31, 2012 , all Stock Options granted and not previously forfeited
had vested.
90
Table of Contents
The following table represents a summary of Stock Options activity for the periods indicated.
Outstanding at beginning of year
Granted
Exercised
Expired
Forfeited
Outstanding at end of year
Options exercisable at end of year
For the Years Ended December 31,
2012
2011
Options
125,034 $
—
(1,000 )
—
—
124,034
124,034
Weighted
average price
22.43
—
22.00
—
—
22.43
22.43
Options
138,766 $
—
—
(13,732 )
—
125,034
125,034
Weighted
average price
22.09
—
—
19.00
—
22.43
22.43
The following table represents outstanding Stock Options and exercisable Stock Options at the respective ranges of exercise prices at
December 31, 2012 .
Range of exercise prices
$15.00 – $17.50
$17.51 – $20.00
$20.01 – $22.50
$22.51 – $25.00
Restricted Stock
Options Outstanding
Exercisable
Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life (Years)
1.04
—
0.14
1.87
0.75
$
Weighted
average
exercise
price
15.33
—
22.00
24.22
22.43
Shares
9,984
—
60,050
54,000
124,034
Weighted
average
exercise
price
15.33
—
22.00
24.22
22.43
Shares
9,984 $
—
60,050
54,000
124,034
Under the Plan, the Corporation may grant restricted shares to plan participants, subject to forfeiture upon the occurrence of certain events until
the dates specified in the participant’s award agreement. While the restricted shares are subject to forfeiture, the participant may exercise full
voting rights and will receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to the restricted shares. The restricted shares granted under
the Plan are subject to graded vesting. Compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period of four years for the entire award on
a straight-line basis. Upon vesting of restricted share awards, the benefit of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation expense is
recognized as a financing cash flow activity.
Restricted share activity for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was as follows:
Nonvested balance at beginning of year
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Nonvested balance as of end of year
For the Year Ended December 31,
2012
2011
Number of
restricted
shares
Weighted
average
grant-date
fair value
Number of
restricted
shares
Weighted
average
grant-date
fair value
95,868 $
37,123
(35,905 )
(2,580 )
94,506
15.15
23.03
15.06
18.32
18.19
101,182 $
34,625
(39,939 )
—
95,868
14.93
17.05
16.24
—
15.15
As of December 31, 2012 , $1.5 million of deferred compensation expense was included in additional paid-in capital in the consolidated balance
sheet related to unvested restricted shares which the Corporation expects to recognize over approximately three years. As of December 31,
2012 , all restricted shares that vested were delivered. For the years ended December 31, 2012
91
Table of Contents
and 2011 , share-based compensation expense included in the consolidated statements of income totaled $548,000 and $579,000 , respectively.
Note 12 – Employee Benefit Plans
The Corporation maintains a contributory 401(k) defined contribution plan covering substantially all employees. The Corporation matches 100%
of amounts contributed by each participating employee up to 3.0% of the employee’s compensation. The Corporation may also make
discretionary contributions up to an additional 6.0% of salary. Contributions are expensed in the period incurred and recorded in compensation
expense in the consolidated statements of income. The Corporation made a matching contribution of 3.0% to all eligible employees which
totaled $321,000 and $287,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively. Discretionary contributions of 5.0% , or
$528,000 , and 4.8% , or $473,000 , were made in 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Corporation had deferred compensation plans under which it provided contributions to supplement the
retirement income of one executive and two executives, respectively. Under the terms of the plans, benefits to be received are generally payable
within six months of the date of the termination of employment with the Corporation. In 2011, one of the two covered executives received his
final payment under the terms of his deferred compensation plan. Pursuant to his plan, contributions were made in prior periods to supplement
health insurance costs. This benefit also expired in 2011. The reduction of expense associated with this portion of the plan due to the reduction of
the liability in 2011 was $16,000 . The expense associated with the remaining deferred compensation plan in 2012 and 2011 was $58,000 and
$59,000 , respectively. The present value of future payments under the remaining plan of $566,000 and $508,000 at December 31, 2012 and
2011 , respectively, is included in other liabilities.
At December 31, 2012 , the Corporation owned life insurance policies on the life of the executives covered by the remaining deferred
compensation plan, which had cash surrender values and death benefits of approximately $1.9 million and $5.7 million , respectively. At
December 31, 2011 the Corporation owned life insurance policies on the two executives then covered by deferred compensation plans, which
had cash surrender values of approximately $1.9 million and death benefits of $6.1 million , respectively. The remaining balance of the cash
surrender value of bank-owned life insurance of $20.4 million and $15.7 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 respectively, is related to
policies on a number of other officers of the Banks.
Note 13 – Leases
The Corporation and FBB occupy space in Madison, WI under an operating lease agreement that expires on July 7, 2028 . FBB has three loan
production offices in Appleton, WI, Oshkosh, WI, and Green Bay, WI, that occupy office space under separate operating lease agreements that
expire on November 30, 2017 , January 31, 2018 , and March 31, 2014 , respectively. FBB – Milwaukee occupies office space under an
operating lease agreement that expires on November 30, 2020 . The Corporation’s total rent expense was $1.2 million and $1.3 million for the
years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively. Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis. The Corporation also leases
vehicles and other office equipment. Rental expense for these operating leases was $27,000 and $33,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012
and 2011 , respectively.
Future minimum lease payments for noncancelable operating leases for each of the five succeeding years and thereafter are as follows:
(In Thousands)
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
Thereafter
$
$
702
624
632
610
614
5,442
8,624
92
Table of Contents
Note 14 – Income Taxes
Income tax expense applicable to income for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 consists of the following:
Current:
Federal
State
Current tax expense
Deferred:
Federal
State
Deferred tax (benefit) expense
Total income tax expense
Year Ended December 31,
2012
2011
(In Thousands)
$
5,473 $
1,183
6,656
(1,756 )
(150 )
(1,906 )
$
4,750 $
1,791
(297 )
1,494
1,839
116
1,955
3,449
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their tax basis. Net deferred tax assets are included in other assets in the consolidated balance
sheets.
The significant components of the Corporation’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for loan and lease losses
Deferred compensation
State net operating loss carryforwards
Write-down of foreclosed properties
Non-accrual loan interest
Capital loss carryforwards
Other
Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowance
Valuation allowance
Total deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities:
Leasing and fixed asset activities
Unrealized gain on securities
Other
Total deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax asset
At December 31,
2012
2011
(In Thousands)
$
5,890 $
1,139
712
188
863
35
505
9,332
(8 )
9,324
3,266
1,352
123
4,741
$
4,583 $
93
5,421
1,040
753
265
734
103
117
8,433
(11 )
8,422
4,162
1,547
231
5,940
2,482
Table of Contents
The tax effects of unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments and unrealized gains and losses on securities are components of other
comprehensive income. A reconciliation of the change in net deferred tax assets to deferred tax expense follows:
Change in net deferred tax assets
Deferred taxes allocated to other comprehensive income
Deferred income tax benefit (expense)
At December 31,
2012
2011
$
$
(In Thousands)
2,101 $
(195 )
1,906 $
(2,415 )
460
(1,955 )
The Corporation had state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $13.6 million and $14.4 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011 ,
respectively, which can be used to offset future state taxable income. The carryforwards expire between 2016 and 2032 . A valuation allowance
has been established for the future benefits attributable to certain of the state net operating losses. The valuation allowance associated with these
deferred tax assets was $8,000 and $11,000 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively. On June 26, 2011, the State of Wisconsin 2011-
2013 Budget Bill, Assembly Bill 40, was signed into law. The bill provides that, starting with the first taxable year beginning after December 31,
2011, and thereafter for the next 19 years, a combined group member that has pre-2009 net business loss carryforwards can, after first using such
net business loss carryforwards to offset its own income for the taxable year and after using shared losses, use up to five percent of the pre-2009
net business loss carryforwards to offset the Wisconsin income of their group members on a proportionate basis. These net business loss
carryforwards can be used to the extent the income is attributable to the group’s unitary business. If the five percent cannot fully be used, the
remainder can be added to the portion that may offset the Wisconsin income of all other combined group members in a subsequent year, until it
is completely used or expired. The Corporation believes it will be able to fully utilize its Wisconsin state net operating losses under this law and
therefore no valuation allowance has been established on its Wisconsin state net operating losses.
Realization of the deferred tax asset over time is dependent upon the Corporation generating sufficient taxable earnings in future periods. In
determining that realizing the deferred tax was more likely than not, the Corporation gave consideration to a number of factors including its
recent earnings history, its expected earnings in the future, appropriate tax planning strategies and expiration dates associated with operating loss
carry forwards.
The provision for income taxes differs from that computed at the federal statutory corporate tax rate as follows:
Income before income tax expense
Tax expense at statutory federal rate of 34% applied to income before income tax expense
State income tax, net of federal effect
Tax-exempt security and loan income, net of TEFRA adjustments
Change in valuation allowance
Bank-owned life insurance
Other
Total income tax expense
Effective tax rate
Year Ended December 31,
2012
2011
(Dollars In Thousands)
13,676
$
4,650
$
647
(431 )
(3 )
(239 )
126
4,750
34.73 %
$
11,874
4,037
923
(312 )
(1,248 )
(230 )
279
3,449
29.05 %
$
$
$
Like many financial institutions located in Wisconsin, FBB previously established a Nevada subsidiary for the purpose of investing and
managing the Bank’s investment portfolio and purchasing a portion of FBB’s loans. FBCC also established a Nevada subsidiary for the purpose
of purchasing FBCC’s loans. The Nevada investment subsidiaries now hold and manage these assets. The investment subsidiaries have not filed
returns with, or paid income or franchise taxes to the State of Wisconsin. The Wisconsin Department of Revenue (the “Department”)
implemented a program to audit Wisconsin financial institutions which formed investment subsidiaries located outside of Wisconsin, and the
Department has generally indicated that it intends to assess income or franchise taxes on the income of the out-of-state investment subsidiaries of
Wisconsin financial institutions. Prior to the formation of the investment subsidiaries, FBB sought and obtained private letter rulings from
94
Table of Contents
the Department regarding the non-taxability of the investment subsidiaries in the State of Wisconsin. FBB believes that it complied with
Wisconsin law and the private rulings received from the Department. In June 2011, FBB, FBCC and the Department entered into a settlement
agreement, the terms of which are subject to confidentiality clauses. However, the settlement of this matter with the Department did not result in
a liability materially different than that which had been previously accrued in the consolidated results and financial position.
A summary of all of the Corporation’s uncertain tax positions are as follows:
Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year
Additions based on tax positions related to current year
Reductions for tax positions related to current year
Additions for tax positions of prior years
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
Settlements
Unrecognized tax benefits at end of year
For the Year Ended December 31,
2012
2011
(In Thousands)
23 $
—
(7 )
35
(35 )
—
16 $
2,432
13
(9 )
4
—
(2,417 )
23
$
$
As of December 31, 2012 , tax years remaining open for the State of Wisconsin tax were 2010 through 2011 . Federal tax years that remained
open were 2009 through 2011 . As of December 31, 2012 , there were no unrecognized tax benefits that are expected to significantly increase or
decrease within the next twelve months.
Note 15 – Derivative Financial Instruments
The Corporation offers interest rate swap products directly to qualified commercial borrowers. The Corporation economically hedges client
derivative transactions by entering into offsetting interest rate swap contracts executed with a third party. Derivative transactions executed as
part of this program are not designated as accounting hedge relationships and are marked-to-market through earnings each period. The derivative
contracts have mirror-image terms, which results in the positions’ changes in fair value primarily offsetting through earnings each period. The
credit risk and risk of non-performance embedded in the fair value calculations is different between the dealer counterparties and the commercial
borrowers which may result in a difference in the changes in the fair value of the mirror-image swaps. The Corporation incorporates credit
valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both its own non-performance risk and the counterparty’s risk in the fair value measurements.
When evaluating the fair value of its derivative contracts for the effects of non-performance and credit risk, the Corporation considered the
impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements such as collateral postings, thresholds and guarantees.
At December 31, 2012 , the aggregate amortizing notional value of interest rate swaps with various commercial borrowers was $64.9 million .
The Corporation receives fixed rates and pays floating rates based upon LIBOR on the swaps with commercial borrowers. The aggregate
amortizing notional value of interest rate swaps with dealer counterparties was also $64.9 million . The Corporation pays fixed rates and receives
floating rates based upon LIBOR on the swaps with dealer counterparties. These interest rate swaps mature in February, 2013 through February,
2023 . The commercial borrower swaps were reported on the Corporation’s balance sheet as a derivative asset of $3.1 million and were included
in accrued interest receivable and other assets. Dealer counterparty swaps were reported on the Corporation’s balance sheet as a net derivative
liability of $3.1 million due to master netting and settlement contracts with dealer counterparties and were included in accrued interest payable
and other liabilities as of December 31, 2012 .
The table below provides information about the location and fair value of the Corporation’s derivative instruments as of December 31, 2012 and
2011 .
95
Table of Contents
Interest Rate Swap Contracts
Asset Derivatives
Liability Derivatives
Balance Sheet
Location
Fair Value
Balance Sheet
Location
Fair Value
(In Thousands)
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
December 31, 2012
December 31, 2011
Other assets
Other assets
$
$
3,069 Other liabilities
3,434 Other liabilities
$
$
3,069
3,434
No derivative instruments held by the Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2012 were considered hedging instruments. All changes in
the fair value of these instruments are recorded in other non-interest income . Given the mirror-image terms of the outstanding derivative
portfolio the change in fair value for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 had no net impact to the consolidated income statement.
Note 16 – Commitments and Contingencies
The Banks are party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of clients.
These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit and involve, to varying degrees, elements of
credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The contract amounts reflect the extent
of involvement the Banks have in these particular classes of financial instruments.
In the event of non-performance, the Banks’ exposure to credit loss for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented
by the contractual amount of these instruments. The Banks use the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as
they do for instruments reflected in the Consolidated Financial Statements. An accrual for credit losses on financial instruments with off-
balance-sheet risk would be recorded separate from any valuation account related to any such recognized financial instrument. As of
December 31, 2012 and 2011 , there were no accrued credit losses for financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk.
Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent potential credit risk at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively, are as follows:
Commitments to extend credit, primarily commercial loans
Standby letters of credit
At December 31,
2012
2011
$
(In Thousands)
257,150 $
17,840
204,845
7,441
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a client as long as there is no violation of any condition in the contract. Commitments
generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may have a fixed interest rate or a rate which varies with the prime rate or
other market indices and may require payment of a fee. Since some commitments expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment
amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements of the Banks. The Banks evaluate the creditworthiness of each client on a case-by-
case basis and generally extend credit only on a secured basis. Collateral obtained varies but consists primarily of commercial real estate,
accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, and securities. There is generally no market for commercial loan commitments, the fair value of
which would approximate the present value of any fees expected to be received as a result of the commitment. These are not considered to be
material to the financial statements.
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Banks to guarantee the performance of a client to a third party. Generally,
standby letters of credit expire within one year and are collateralized by accounts receivable, equipment, inventory, and commercial properties.
The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to clients. The fair value of
standby letters of credit is recorded as a liability when the standby letter of credit is issued. The fair value has been estimated to approximate the
fees received by the Banks for issuance. The fees are recorded into income and the fair value of the guarantee is decreased ratably over the term
of the standby letter of credit.
96
Table of Contents
In the normal course of business, various legal proceedings involving the Corporation are pending. Management, based upon advice from legal
counsel, does not anticipate any significant losses as a result of these actions. Management believes that any liability arising from any such
proceedings currently existing or threatened will not have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial position, results of operations,
and cash flows.
Note 17 – Fair Value
The Corporation determines the fair market values of its financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established in ASC Topic 820,
which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Fair
value is defined as the price that would be received in an orderly transaction that is not a forced liquidation or distressed sale at the measurement
date and is based on exit prices. Fair value includes assumptions about risk such as nonperformance risk in liability fair values and is a market-
based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value.
Level 1 — Level 1 inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Corporation has the ability to
access at the measurement date.
Level 2 — Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included with Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability either directly or
indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or
can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3 — Level 3 inputs are inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or
liabilities.
In instances where the determination of the fair value measurement is based on inputs from different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the level
in the fair value hierarchy within which the entire fair value measurement falls is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair
value measurement in its entirety. The Corporation’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its
entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, segregated by fair value hierarchy level, are summarized below:
December 31, 2012
Assets:
Municipal obligations
U.S. Government agency obligations - government-sponsored enterprises
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government issued
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government-sponsored enterprises
Interest rate swaps
Liabilities:
Interest rate swaps
$
$
97
Fair Value Measurements Using
Level 2
Level 3
Level 1
Total
(In Thousands)
— $
—
—
—
—
12,033 $
19,721
151,645
17,197
3,069
— $
—
—
—
—
12,033
19,721
151,645
17,197
3,069
— $
3,069 $
— $
3,069
Table of Contents
December 31, 2011
Assets:
Municipal obligations
U.S. Government agency obligations - government-sponsored enterprises
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government issued
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government-sponsored enterprises
Interest rate swaps
Liabilities:
Interest rate swaps
$
$
Fair Value Measurements Using
Level 2
Level 3
Level 1
Total
(In Thousands)
— $
—
—
—
—
2,831 $
—
165,401
2,154
3,434
— $
—
—
—
—
2,831
—
165,401
2,154
3,434
— $
3,434 $
— $
3,434
For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, there were no transfers between the levels during the year ended
December 31, 2012 or the year ended December 31, 2011 related to the above measurements.
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, segregated by fair value hierarchy are summarized below:
Balance at
December 31,
2012
As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2012
Fair Value Measurements Using
Level 1
Level 2
(In Thousands)
Level 3
Total
Gains
(Losses)
Impaired loans
Foreclosed properties
$
8,544 $
1,574
— $
529
6,770 $
982
1,774 $
63
—
(600 )
Balance at
December 31,
2011
As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2011
Fair Value Measurements Using
Level 1
Level 2
(In Thousands)
Level 3
Total
Gains
(Losses)
Impaired loans
Foreclosed properties
$
12,787 $
2,236
— $
138
12,787 $
1,989
— $
109
—
(621 )
Impaired loans that are collateral dependent were written down to their fair value less costs to sell of $8.5 million and $12.8 million at
December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 , respectively, through the establishment of specific reserves or by recording charge-offs when the
carrying value exceeded the fair value. Valuation techniques consistent with the market approach, income approach, or cost approach were used
to measure fair value and primarily included observable inputs for the individual impaired loans being evaluated such as current appraisals,
recent sales of similar assets or other observable market data. In cases where such inputs were unobservable, specifically discounts applied to
appraisal values to adjust such values to current market conditions or to reflect net realizable value, the impaired loan balance is reflected within
Level 3 of the hierarchy. The quantification of unobservable inputs for Level 3 values range from 5% - 100% .
98
Table of Contents
Certain non-financial assets subject to measurement at fair value on a non-recurring basis included foreclosed properties. Foreclosed properties,
upon initial recognition, are re-measured and reported at fair value through a charge-off to the allowance for loan and lease losses, if deemed
necessary, based upon the fair value of the foreclosed property. The fair value of a foreclosed property, upon initial recognition, is estimated
using a market approach or Level 2 inputs based on observable market data, typically an appraisal, or Level 3 inputs based upon assumptions
specific to the individual property or equipment. Level 3 inputs typically include unobservable inputs such as management-applied discounts
used to further reduce values to a net realizable value and may be used in situations when observable inputs become stale. Foreclosed property
fair value inputs may transition to Level 1 upon receipt of an accepted offer for the sale of the related foreclosed property. As of December 31,
2012 , there were $63,000 of foreclosed properties supported by a Level 3 valuation. Subsequent impairments of foreclosed properties are
recorded as a loss on foreclosed properties. During the year ended December 31, 2012 , $1.5 million of outstanding loans were transferred to
foreclosed properties as the Corporation claimed title to the respective assets. During the year ended December 31, 2012 , the Corporation
completed an evaluation of certain of its foreclosed assets. Based upon the evaluation and the results of the impairment calculation, we
recognized impairment losses of $600,000 on foreclosed properties. The activity of the Corporation's foreclosed properties is summarized as
follows:
Foreclosed properties at the beginning of the period
Loans transferred to foreclosed properties, at lower of cost or fair value
Payments to priority lien holders of foreclosed properties
Proceeds from sale of foreclosed properties
Net gain on sale of foreclosed properties
Impairment valuation
Foreclosed properties at the end of the period
99
As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
2011
2012
$
$
(In Thousands)
2,236 $
1,511
367
(1,955 )
15
(600 )
1,574 $
1,750
3,119
—
(2,213 )
201
(621 )
2,236
Table of Contents
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Corporation is required to disclose estimated fair values for its financial instruments. Fair value estimates, methods, and assumptions,
consistent with exit price concepts for fair value measurements, are set forth below:
Carrying
Amount
December 31, 2012
Fair Value
December 31, 2011
Carrying
Amount
Fair Value
Total
Level 1
Level 2
(In Thousands)
Level 3
$
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Securities available-for-sale
Loans and lease receivables, net
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
Cash surrender value of life insurance
Accrued interest receivable
Interest rate swaps
Financial liabilities:
Deposits
Federal Home Loan Bank and other
85,586 $
200,596
896,560
1,144
22,272
3,217
3,069
85,595 $
200,596
905,501
1,144
22,272
3,217
3,069
74,940 $
—
—
—
22,272
3,217
—
5,155 $ 5,500 $
200,596
—
6,770 898,731
1,144
—
—
—
—
—
—
3,069
130,093 $
170,386
836,687
2,367
17,660
3,525
3,434
130,093
170,386
840,552
2,367
17,660
3,525
3,434
$ 1,092,254 $ 1,102,316 $ 649,346 $ 452,970 $
— $ 1,051,312 $ 1,068,845
borrowings
Junior subordinated notes
Interest rate swaps
Accrued interest payable
Off balance sheet items:
Standby letters of credit
Commitments to extend credit
*Not meaningful
12,405
10,315
3,069
1,711
13,170
7,046
3,069
1,711
197
—
197
*
—
—
—
1,711
—
*
13,170
—
3,069
—
—
7,046
—
—
40,292
10,315
3,434
2,625
—
*
197
*
81
—
40,899
6,917
3,434
2,625
81
*
Disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments, for which it is practicable to estimate that value, is required whether or not
recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using
present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and
estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and,
in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instruments. Certain financial instruments and all non-financial instruments
are excluded from the disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not necessarily represent the
underlying value of the Corporation.
Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amounts reported for cash and due from banks, interest bearing deposits held by the Corporation,
accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable approximate fair value because of their immediate availability and because they do not
present unanticipated credit concerns. The carrying value of commercial paper, included in the cash and cash equivalents category, approximates
fair value due to the short-term maturity structure of the instrument. As of December 31, 2012 , the Corporation held $5.5 million of commercial
paper. There was no commercial paper outstanding as of December 31, 2011 . The fair value of commercial paper is considered a Level 3 input
due to the lack of available independent pricing sources. The carrying value of brokered certificates of deposit purchased is equivalent to
purchase price of the instrument as the Corporation has not elected a fair value option for these instruments. The fair value of brokered
certificates of deposits purchased is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows using a discount rate reflective of rates currently
offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. As of December 31, 2012, the Corporation held $5.1 million of brokered certificates of
deposits. There were no brokered certificates of deposits as of December 31, 2011 .
Securities: The fair value measurements of investment securities are determined by a third party pricing service which considers observable data
that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, trade
100
Table of Contents
execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information and the securities’ terms and conditions, among other things. The fair
value measurements are subject to independent verification by another pricing source on a quarterly basis to review for reasonableness. In
addition, the Corporation reviews the third-party valuation methodology on a periodic basis. Any significant differences in valuation are
reviewed with appropriate members of management who have the relevant technical expertise to assess the results. The Corporation has
determined that these valuations are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. When the independent pricing service does not provide a
fair value measurement for a particular security, the Corporation will estimate the fair value based on specific information about each security.
Fair values derived in this manner are classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
Loans and Leases: The fair value estimation process for the loan portfolio uses an exit price concept and reflects discounts that the Corporation
believes are consistent with liquidity discounts in the market place. Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial
characteristics. The fair value of performing and nonperforming loans is calculated by discounting scheduled and expected cash flows through
the estimated maturity using estimated market rates that reflect the credit and interest rate risk inherent in the portfolio of loans and then applying
a discount factor based upon the embedded credit risk of the loan and the fair value of collateral securing nonperforming loans when the loan is
collateral dependent. The estimate of maturity is based on the Banks’ historical experience with repayments for each loan classification,
modified, as required, by an estimate of the effect of current economic and lending conditions. Significant unobservable inputs include, but are
not limited to, discounts (investor yield premiums) applied to fair value calculations to further determine the exit value of a portfolio of loans.
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock: The carrying amount of FHLB stock equals its fair value because the shares may be redeemed by the FHLB
at their carrying amount of $100 per share.
Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance: The carrying amount of cash surrender value of life insurance approximates its fair value as the
carrying value represents the current settlement amount.
Deposits: The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as demand deposits and money market accounts, is equal to the amount
payable on demand. The fair value of time deposits is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated
using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. The fair value estimates do not include the intangible value that
results from the funding provided by deposit liabilities compared to borrowing funds in the market.
FHLB Advances and Other Borrowings and Junior Subordinated Debt: Market rates currently available to the Corporation and Banks for
debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate fair value of existing debt.
Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risks: The fair value of the Corporation’s off-balance-sheet instruments is based on quoted
market prices and fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the
credit standing of the related counterparty. Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are generally not marketable. Furthermore,
interest rates on any amounts drawn under such commitments would generally be established at market rates at the time of the draw. Fair value
would principally derive from the present value of fees received for those products.
Interest Rate Swaps: The carrying amount and fair value of existing derivative financial instruments are based upon independent valuation
models, which use widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative
contract. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based
inputs, including interest rate curves and implied volatilities. The Corporation incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect
both its own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements. In adjusting the fair
value of its derivative contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, the Corporation has considered the impact of netting and any applicable
credit enhancements, such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts and guarantees.
Limitations: Fair value estimates are made at a discrete point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial
instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Corporation’s entire
holding of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Corporation’s financial instruments, fair
value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various
financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment
and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
101
Table of Contents
Fair value estimates are based on existing balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future
business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the
realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and were not considered in the estimates.
Note 18 – Condensed Parent Only Financial Information
The following represents the condensed financial information of the Parent Company:
Condensed Balance Sheets
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Investments in subsidiaries, at equity
Leasehold improvements and equipment, net
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Borrowed funds
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Condensed Statements of Income
Interest income
Interest expense
Net interest expense
Non-interest income
Consulting and rental income from consolidated subsidiaries
Other
Total non-interest income
Non-interest expense
Loss before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed net income of consolidated
subsidiaries
Income tax benefit
Loss before equity in undistributed net income of consolidated subsidiaries
Equity in undistributed net income of consolidated subsidiaries
Net income
102
As of December 31,
2012
2011
(In Thousands)
1,032 $
121,122
475
2,199
124,828 $
22,251 $
3,038
25,289
99,539
124,828 $
718
115,371
388
1,989
118,466
50,125
4,127
54,252
64,214
118,466
For the Year Ended December 31,
2012
2011
(In Thousands)
— $
3,825
(3,825 )
8,904
34
8,938
9,615
(4,502 )
(1,722 )
(2,780 )
11,706
8,926 $
16
3,600
(3,584 )
8,454
107
8,561
8,605
(3,628 )
(2,590 )
(1,038 )
9,463
8,425
$
$
$
$
$
$
Table of Contents
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
Operating activities
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:
Equity in undistributed earnings of consolidated subsidiaries
Share-based compensation
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation
(Decrease) increase in liabilities
Other, net
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
Investing activities
Dividends received from subsidiaries
Net provided by investing activities
Financing activities
Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowed funds
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
Repayment of long-term debt
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
Purchase of treasury stock
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation
Dividends paid
Net cash used in financing activities
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
$
103
For the Year Ended December 31,
2012
2011
(In Thousands)
$
8,926 $
8,425
(11,706 )
254
(47 )
(1,131 )
(297 )
(4,001 )
6,000
6,000
(800 )
6,215
(33,289 )
27,074
22
(216 )
47
(738 )
(1,685 )
314
718
1,032 $
(9,463 )
240
(4 )
2,198
(958 )
438
—
—
800
—
—
—
—
(103 )
4
(729 )
(28 )
410
308
718
Table of Contents
Note 19 – Condensed Quarterly Earnings (unaudited)
2012
2011
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
(Dollars in Thousands, Except per share data)
Interest income
Interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expense
Income before income tax expense
Income taxes
Net income
Per common share data:
Basic earnings per common share
Diluted earnings per common share
Dividends declared per share
$ 13,633 $ 13,943 $ 14,032 $ 13,158 $ 14,070 $ 14,174 $ 14,119 $ 13,854
(4,950 )
8,904
(937 )
1,916
(6,249 )
3,634
(1,250 )
$ 2,210 $ 1,565 $ 2,622 $ 2,529 $ 1,349 $ 2,513 $ 2,179 $ 2,384
(4,117 )
9,915
(850 )
2,249
(7,251 )
4,063
(1,441 )
(4,707 )
8,926
(504 )
1,850
(6,832 )
3,440
(1,230 )
(5,586 )
8,484
(1,404 )
1,672
(6,760 )
1,992
(643 )
(5,015 )
9,104
(435 )
1,728
(6,750 )
3,647
(1,468 )
(4,334 )
9,609
(2,045 )
1,904
(7,132 )
2,336
(771 )
(3,727 )
9,431
(844 )
2,696
(7,446 )
3,837
(1,308 )
(5,205 )
8,969
(1,474 )
1,744
(6,638 )
2,601
(88 )
$
0.84 $
0.84
0.07
0.60 $
0.60
0.07
0.99 $
0.99
0.07
0.86 $
0.86
0.07
0.52 $
0.52
0.07
0.98 $
0.98
0.07
0.83 $
0.83
0.07
0.90
0.90
0.07
104
Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
First Business Financial Services, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of First Business Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31,
2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for
the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of First
Business Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for
the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), First Business
Financial Services, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control -
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March
8, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Chicago, Illinois
March 8, 2013
105
Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
First Business Financial Services, Inc.:
We have audited First Business Financial Services, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria
established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO). First Business Financial Services, Inc.'s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting
and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Annual
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on First Business Financial Services, Inc.'s
internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk
that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.
Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A
company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in
reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance
that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and
directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that
the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, First Business Financial Services, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated
financial statements of First Business Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated
statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and our report dated
March 8, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Chicago, Illinois
March 8, 2013
106
Table of Contents
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Corporation’s management, with the participation of the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has
evaluated the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended). Based upon that evaluation, the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that
the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2012 .
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There was no change in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2012 that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The Corporation’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as
such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Corporation’s internal
control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of the Corporation’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Management, under the supervision of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of the
Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in
“Internal Control – Integrated Framework,” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organization of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based
on this assessment, management has determined that the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31,
2012 .
KPMG LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation
included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of the Corporation's internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, as required by Section 112 of the FDIC Improvement Act of 1991 and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder. The report, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Corporation's internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 for such purposes, is included under the heading "Report of Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm." The attestation report on the effectiveness of the Corporation's internal controls provided by KPMG is not intended to satisfy
the requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, because the Corporation is not subject to such requirements, as it is
neither a 'large accelerated filer' nor an 'accelerated filer' as those terms are defined in SEC Rule 12b-2.
Item 9B. Other Information
None.
PART III.
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
(a) Directors of the Registrant . The information included in the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of the Stockholders
to be held on May 20, 2013 under the captions "Item 1 - Election of Directors," "Corporate
107
Table of Contents
Governance Principles and Practices" and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” is incorporated herein by
reference.
(b) Executive Officers of the Registrant . The information presented in Item 1 of this document is incorporated herein by reference.
(c) Code of Ethics . The Corporation has adopted a code of ethics applicable to all employees, including the principal executive,
principal financial officer and principal accounting officer of the Corporation. The FBFS Code of Ethics is posted on the
Corporation’s website at www.firstbusiness.com. The Corporation intends to satisfy the disclosure requirements under Item 5.05(c)
of Form 8-K regarding any amendment to or waiver of the code with respect to its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer, and persons performing similar functions, by posting such information to the Corporation's website.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Information with respect to compensation for our directors and officers included in the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual
Meeting of the Stockholders to be held on May 20, 2013 included "Summary of Compensation Paid to Named Executive Officers," "Summary
Compensation Tables, " "Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2012 ," "Disclosure Regarding Termination and Change in Control
Provisions" and "Director Compensation" is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Information with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management included in the definitive Proxy Statement
for the Annual Meeting of the Stockholders to be held on May 20, 2013 under the caption “Principal Shareholders” is incorporated herein by
reference.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Information with respect to certain relationships and related transactions included in the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual
Meeting of the Stockholders to be held on May 20, 2013 under the captions “Related Party Transactions” and "Corporate Governance Principles
and Practices" is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Information with respect to principal accounting fees and services included in the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of
the Stockholders to be held on May 20, 2013 under the caption “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” is incorporated herein by
reference.
PART IV.
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
The Consolidated Financial Statements listed on the Index included under “ Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
” are filed as a part of this Form 10-K. All financial statement schedules have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or are
either not applicable or not significant.
Exhibits . See Exhibit Index.
108
Table of Contents
Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
FIRST BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
March 8, 2013
March 8, 2013
March 8, 2013
/s/ Corey A. Chambas
Corey A. Chambas
Chief Executive Officer
/s/ James F. Ropella
James F. Ropella
Chief Financial Officer
/s/ Shauna M. Gnorski
Shauna M. Gnorski
Chief Accounting Officer
March 8, 2013
/s/ Jerome J. Smith
Jerome J. Smith
Chairman of the Board of Directors
March 8, 2013
/s/ Mark D. Bugher
Mark D. Bugher
Director
March 8, 2013
March 8, 2013
March 8, 2013
March 8, 2013
March 8, 2013
March 8, 2013
/s/ Jan A. Eddy
Jan A. Eddy
Director
/s/ John J. Harris
John J. Harris
Director
/s/ Gerald L. Kilcoyne
Gerald L. Kilcoyne
Director
/s/ John M. Silseth
John M. Silseth
Director
/s/ Barbara H. Stephens
Barbara H. Stephens
Director
/s/ Dean W. Voeks
Dean W. Voeks
Director
109
Table of Contents
Exhibit No.
Exhibit Name
3.1
3.2
4.1
4.2
4.3
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
21
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of First Business Financial Services, Inc., as amended (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009)
Amended and Restated Bylaws of First Business Financial Services, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 31, 2012)
Pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K, the Registrant agrees to furnish to the Securities and Exchange
Commission, upon request, any instrument defining the rights of holders of long-term debt not being registered that is
not filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. No such instrument authorizes securities in excess of 10%
of the total assets of the Registrant.
Rights Agreement, dated as of June 5, 2008, between the Registrant and Computershare Investor Services, Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form 8-A of the Registrant, filed on June 6,
2008)
Form of Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration
Statement on Form S-1 filed on November 26, 2012)
2001 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Amended Registration Statement on
Form 10 filed April 28, 2005)
Form of Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Amended Registration Statement
on Form 10 filed April 28, 2005)
2006 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Corporation’s Proxy Statement for the
2006 Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed on March 31, 2006)
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registration Statement on Form
S-8 filed September 28, 2006)
2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on
July 27, 2012)
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Registration Statement on Form
S-8 filed August 13, 2012)
Form of Executive Change-in-Control and Severance Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 10, 2006)
Restated Agreement dated November 7, 2006 between the Registrant and Corey A. Chambas (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 13, 2006)
Annual Incentive Bonus Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed
on January 29, 2013)
Subsidiaries of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21 to the Amended Registration Statement on
Form 10 filed April 28, 2005)
110
Table of Contents
23
Consent of KPMG LLP
31.1
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer
31.2
Certification of the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
32
99
101
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18
U.S.C. Section 1350
Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of the Stockholders (to be filed with the SEC under Regulation 14A within
120 days after December 31, 2012; except to the extent specifically incorporated by reference, the Proxy Statement
for the Annual Meeting of the Stockholders shall not be deemed to be filed with the SEC as part of this Annual Report
on Form 10-K)
The following financial information from First Business Financial Services, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the years ended December 31, 2012, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income for the
years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years
ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the years
ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31,
2012 and 2011, and (vi) the Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements*+
*
Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed as part of a registration
statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 18 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 and otherwise are not subject to liability.
+
Submitted electronically with this Annual Report.
111
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Exhibit 23
The Board of Directors
First Business Financial Services, Inc.:
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-129059, No. 333-183274 and No. 333-137635) on Form S-8
of First Business Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiaries of our reports dated March 8, 2013 , with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of
First Business Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income,
comprehensive income, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, which reports appear in the December 31, 2012, annual report on Form 10-K of First Business
Financial Services, Inc.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Chicago, Illinois
March 8, 2013
I, Corey A. Chambas, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of First Business Financial Services, Inc.;
Certifications
Exhibit 31.1
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to
make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the
period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on
such evaluation; and
d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors:
a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial
information; and
b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ Corey A. Chambas
Corey A. Chambas
Chief Executive Officer
March 8, 2013
I, James F. Ropella, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of First Business Financial Services, Inc.;
Certifications
Exhibit 31.2
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to
make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the
period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on
such evaluation; and
d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the
registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial
reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors:
a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial
information; and
b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ James F. Ropella
James F. Ropella
Chief Financial Officer
March 8, 2013
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
Solely for the purposes of complying with 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we
the undersigned Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of First Business Financial Services, Inc., a Wisconsin Corporation (the
"Corporation"), hereby certify, based on our knowledge that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Corporation for the year ended
December 31, 2012 (the "Report") fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of
1934 and that information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the
Corporation.
Exhibit 32
/s/ Corey A. Chambas
Corey A. Chambas
March 8, 2013
/s/ James F. Ropella
James F. Ropella
March 8, 2013